diff options
91 files changed, 17 insertions, 6236 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb79a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #52720 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/52720) diff --git a/old/52720-0.txt b/old/52720-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d7323b6..0000000 --- a/old/52720-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2901 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Extraction of the Teeth, by J. F. Colyer - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - - -Title: Extraction of the Teeth - -Author: J. F. Colyer - -Release Date: August 4, 2016 [EBook #52720] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH *** - - - - -Produced by deaurider, Chuck Greif and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - - - - EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH. - - - - - EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH - - - BY - - J. F. COLYER, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. L.D.S. - - -_Dental Surgeon and Lecturer on Dental Surgery to Charing Cross Hospital: - Assistant Dental Surgeon to the Dental Hospital of London_ - - - London: - CLAUDIUS ASH & SONS, LIMITED, - 5, 6, 7, 8 AND 9, BROAD STREET, GOLDEN SQUARE, W. - - 1896 - - - - -CONTENTS. - - -CHAPTER I. PAGE - -THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH 1 - - -CHAPTER II. - -THE EXTRACTION OF INDIVIDUAL TEETH 19 - - -CHAPTER III. - -THE EXTRACTION OF MISPLACED TEETH 46 - - -CHAPTER IV. - -THE USE OF ANÆSTHETICS DURING EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH 56 - - -CHAPTER V. - -DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS, AND SEQUELÆ OF EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH 63 - -INDEX 96 - - - - -EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH. - - - - -CHAPTER I. - -The General Principles of Extraction of the Teeth. - - -As an operation, extraction of teeth is fortunately becoming more rare, -but even now large numbers are needlessly sacrificed, in many cases -owing to ignorance on the part of the patient of the value of the teeth, -at times to lack of knowledge on the part of both operator and patient -of the modern methods of conservative dentistry. With the assistance of -antiseptics in the treatment of root-canals, and the increase in -knowledge of the methods of filling and crowning teeth, it is now -possible to retain many which would in former days have been -extracted--indeed it may be said with truth that all teeth and many -roots are capable of being saved and rendered useful, with the exception -of-- - -(1) Those teeth whose roots are much shortened by absorption. - -(2) Those teeth from which the alveolar process has disappeared to such -an extent as to leave them quite loose; and - -(3) Those teeth attacked with chronic periodontitis, which, in spite of -treatment, tends to become worse. - -Special circumstances naturally alter cases; for instance, with patients -the subjects of nervous prostration, or feeble in health, a lengthy -operation is often contra-indicated, and under such conditions -extraction may be preferable to the lengthy and tedious processes of -conservative treatment. Another indication for extraction is in cases of -teeth setting up or aggravating ulceration of the tongue, lips, or other -soft parts of the mouth. Teeth fractured in a longitudinal direction -should generally be removed, and the same rule applies to those which -are so misplaced as to be incapable of being brought into the normal -arch. In crowded conditions of the teeth extraction is often called for, -and under such circumstances is really conservative treatment. - -If extraction be determined upon, _a careful examination of the tooth_ -to be removed should be made. This will allow some idea to be formed of -the amount of sound tissue present, and also of the force which will be -necessary for the dislodgment of the tooth. In the case of roots, the -edges must be defined, and for this purpose a blunt probe, similar in -pattern to that shown in fig. 1 will be found useful. - -[Illustration: FIG. 1.] - -=Instruments.=--The instruments in general use for the removal of teeth -are forceps and elevators. _The Forceps_ is an amplified pair of pincers -or pliers. It is made up of three parts, namely, the blades or portions -beyond the joint which are applied to the tooth, the joint itself, and -the handles. Forceps should be made of fine steel, should be light and -yet strong enough to withstand without bending any strain that may be -put upon them.[1] The blades should be shaped to fit the tooth they are -intended to remove, and they should be clear of the crown when applied. -On longitudinal section a blade should present a thin wedge-shaped -appearance. Two kinds of joints are met with. In the first variety one -half of the forceps passes through a slot in the other, the two being -held together by a rivet passing through the centre (fig. 2). In the -second variety (fig. 3) the two halves are held together side by side by -a screw or pin which takes the entire strain. Most forceps of English -manufacture are made on the latter plan, which has the advantage of -permitting the instrument to be easily cleaned; it also allows a slight -lateral movement of the two halves--a point of some practical -importance. It is urged against this style of joint that it is weak; in -practice, however, this is not found to be the case. - -[Illustration: FIG. 2.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 3.] - -The handles should be of a size and shape to lie comfortably in the palm -of the hand, and should be in such relation to the blades that when the -latter are applied in the direction of the long axis of the tooth, the -handles clear the lips. - -As a general rule, in forceps designed for the removal of the anterior -teeth in the maxilla, the blades and handles are in the same line (fig. -4), - -[Illustration: FIG. 4.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 5.] - -while for the upper back teeth the handles form a curve of greater or -less extent with the blades (fig. 5). In forceps for the lower teeth the -blades are bent down from the handles to an angle of nearly ninety -degrees. In one class, namely, the hawk’s-bill, when the blades are -applied to the tooth the handles are at right angles to the line of the -arch (fig. 6), while in other classes the handles are in line with the -arch (fig. 7). - -[Illustration: FIG. 6.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 7.] - -The manner of holding forceps is shown in figs. 8, 9, 10. The handles -should rest comfortably in the palmar surface of the hand, and in such a -manner that the end of one handle rests between the thenar and -hypothenar eminences--a portion of the hand where force can be applied -with advantage. - -The thumb placed between the handles acts as a regulator to control the -amount of pressure of the blades upon the tooth. As a precaution it is -well to have the ball of the thumb well between the handles, so that the -pressure is counteracted not only by the soft tissues, but also by the -terminal bony phalanx of the thumb. If this precaution be not observed, -any sudden crushing of the tooth may be accompanied by a severe and very -painful contusion of the operator’s thumb. - -[Illustration: FIG. 8. - -Mode of holding forceps for the removal of upper teeth.] - -_The Elevator_ consists of two parts--the handle and the blade. The -former, usually made of wood or ivory, is about four inches in length -and of a shape suitable to allow a firm grip being obtained of it by the -hand. The blade is made of fine steel, and is about two inches long. -Elevators are of two varieties, straight and curved. In the first form -the blade is thin, about one-fifth of an inch in breadth, one surface -being made convex and the other flat. The point of the blade may be -rounded as shown in fig. 11, or spear-shaped, as shown in fig. 12. - -[Illustration: FIG. 9. - -Mode of holding lower “hawk’s bill” pattern forceps.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 10. - -Mode of holding forceps of pattern shown in fig. 30.] - -In the curved variety, the terminal half inch of the steel portion of -the instrument is bent at an angle with the shaft of the instrument -(fig. 49). The edge of the blade of an elevator should always be kept -sharp. - -The method of holding an elevator is shown in fig. 13. The handle should -rest comfortably in the palm of the hand, the first finger lying along -the blade and being brought near the point so as to prevent the -instrument slipping. When using the elevator for the removal of teeth on -the right side of the mandible, the finger should lie along the curved -side of the blade, and on the flat side when extracting teeth on the -left side. - -[Illustration: FIG. 11.] - -_The Screw_ (fig. 14) is an instrument which on rare occasions is useful -for the removal of deep seated roots. - -[Illustration: FIG. 12.] - -After being used, instruments of every kind should be freed from all -foreign matter and then carefully sterilised. - -The next point which demands attention is the =position of the operator -and patient=. The chair should be placed before a good light, and if a -proper dental chair is not to hand an ordinary arm chair may be -utilised; failing this, two ordinary chairs may be placed back to back, -on one of which the left leg of the operator should be raised to form a -rest for the patient’s head. The patient should be placed in such an -unconstrained position as will allow the operator to exert all necessary -movements with freedom. - -[Illustration: FIG. 13.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 14.] - -The operator should place himself so as to use his force to the greatest -advantage. His left arm may be utilised, if necessary, for steadying the -movements of the patient’s head, while the fingers of the left hand can -be employed-- - -(1) To keep the cheek and other soft parts away so as to obtain a clear -view of the tooth to be extracted and its immediate neighbours; - -(2) To support the mandible; - -(3) To grasp the alveolus and so allow some idea to be gained of the -effect of the force employed. - -The special positions for the removal of different teeth will be -described in chapter ii. - -It may be advantageous, before describing the steps of the operation of -extraction, to refer briefly to a few =points in the anatomy of the teeth -and jaws= which have a direct bearing upon the manner of carrying it out. - -If the teeth be examined it will be noticed that they are capable of -division into-- - -(1) Teeth with single, rounded tapering roots; - -(2) Teeth with single roots more or less irregularly flattened or -curved; - -(3) Teeth with multiple roots. - -Under (1) are included the upper incisors (temporary and permanent) and -the lower bicuspids; (2) the lower incisors and canines (temporary and -permanent), and also the upper canines and bicuspids; (3) the upper and -lower molars (temporary and permanent) and frequently the first upper -bicuspids.[2] - -The shape of the roots, as we shall subsequently find, has an important -bearing upon the manner in which force is to be applied when severing -them from their attachments. - -A correct acquaintance with the disposition of the alveoli of the teeth -is of importance for skilful and successful operating. Fig. 15 gives a -general idea of the appearance of the alveoli, but it is needless to say -that a full knowledge can only be really obtained by a careful study of -the bones themselves; by this means, too, some idea of the strength of -different portions of the alveolar borders can be obtained--a matter of -some moment when applying force in the process of removing a tooth from -its socket. The points to be specially noted in the maxilla are the -thinness of the outer alveolar wall as compared with the inner, the -prominence of the canine socket, and the cancellous character of the -bone in the region of the third molar. In the mandible the outer -alveolar border will be seen to be thinner than the inner, with the -exception of that portion in the region of the - -[Illustration: FIG. 15. - -From the “American System of Dentistry.”] - -third, and often of the second molar; another fact worthy of attention -is that at the posterior portion of the socket of the third molar the -bone is moderately dense. - -=When performed with forceps the operation of tooth extraction may be -divided into three stages:--= - -(1) Adaptation of the forceps to the tooth. - -(2) Destruction of its membranous connections with, and dilatation of, -the socket. - -(3) Removal of the tooth from the socket. - -In the initial stage the _first step_ is the application of the blades, -and, in this connection, care must be taken to see that the points pass -between the gum and the tooth, and also that they are applied parallel -with the long axis of the root. It is, as a rule, best first to apply -the blade on the side of the tooth most obscured from view, and then -lightly to close the other upon the opposite side. The blades should -then be forcibly pressed upwards or downwards, as the case may be, in -the direction of the apex of the root; a slight rotary or wriggling -motion will often be found of assistance in the process. This “pressing” -movement should be continued until a firm hold of the root has been -obtained--a point of great importance, as upon it the successful removal -of the tooth in a large measure depends. The handles should next be -firmly closed, so as to give the blades a good grip, and the amount of -pressure applied should be such, that when movement has commenced the -blades do not ride upon the surface of the root. The amount of pressure -to be applied must naturally vary according to the character of the -tooth to be removed, and the resistance offered by the alveolar process. -The thumb placed between the handles of the forceps, as previously -pointed out, should counteract the pressure applied to the root and -prevent crushing, which, should it occur, may make the subsequent -removal very difficult. - -The _second stage_--the destruction of the membranous attachments and -dilatation of the socket--is accomplished by employing force in either a -rotary or a lateral direction. The movement to be employed depends upon -the form of the root or roots to be removed and the resisting strength -of the surrounding hard structures, and at this point it need only be -remarked that rotary motion is alone admissible in the case of teeth -possessing a single conical root. - -The _final stage_ is carried out by exerting extractive force in the -direction of the long axis of the tooth, and also in that of least -resistance; the latter is determined by a knowledge of the anatomy of -the alveolar border, and by the sensation conveyed to the hand through -the forceps. - -=The removal of a tooth with a straight elevator= is accomplished in the -following manner. The blade, with the flattened surface towards the -tooth to be removed, is inserted between the root and the alveolus, the -instrument being kept as far as possible parallel with the anterior -surface of the crown. The blade is then forced downwards so as to reach -the root at as low a point as possible; the handle of the elevator is -then rotated away from the direction in which the tooth is to be -removed. This has the effect of both raising the tooth in its socket and -displacing it in the required direction. One such movement of the -instrument rarely suffices for the removal of a tooth, a second, and -sometimes a third grip, each time nearer to the apex of the root, having -to be obtained. - -The method of using a curved elevator will be described in dealing with -the removal of the roots of lower molar teeth. - -=The wound resulting from the removal of a tooth= is a lacerated one, and -heals by “granulation.” The socket immediately after the operation -becomes filled with coagulated blood, which is eventually replaced by -granulation tissue, followed at a later period by the formation of loose -cancellous bone. - -A varying amount of absorption of the alveolar border always follows the -removal of a tooth, the continuity in the surface of the gum being -restored by ordinary cicatricial fibrous tissue. - -The wound is best treated by keeping the parts carefully cleansed as far -as possible from all foreign matter, and for this purpose an antiseptic -mouth-wash[3] should be used several times a day. From the wound -resulting from the extraction of an upper tooth the discharge drains -away in a natural manner owing to the orifice being the most dependent -part. From the wound caused by the removal of a lower tooth such is not -the case, and should suppuration take place the socket must be -frequently syringed with some antiseptic solution, and if necessary, -packed. - -=The Extraction of the Temporary Teeth.=--Although the actual details of -the extraction of the temporary teeth do not differ from those of the -permanent teeth, there are, nevertheless, one or two points to which -attention may with advantage be directed. First and foremost, a child -should not be deceived, and if it is necessary to extract a tooth, the -child should be told and not taken unawares. When, too, a child resists -having a tooth removed, the operation must not be forcibly carried out, -for by a little patience and moral suasion on the part of the operator, -the better side of a child’s nature can generally be gained. It should -also be remembered that anæsthetics are quite as needful for the -extraction of the temporary as the permanent teeth, the pain to be borne -by a child being quite as great as that to be endured by an adult. - - - - -CHAPTER II. - - -The Extraction of Individual Teeth. - -(1)=UPPER TEETH.=--For the removal of teeth in the maxilla the patient -should be placed at such a level that the arm of the operator can, if -necessary, embrace the head of the patient with comfort. The operator -should stand at the right side of the patient, and slightly in front, -the first finger and thumb being placed on either side of the alveolus -(fig. 16). In the event of the patient becoming restless, the arm should -be shifted so as to encircle the head and hold it firmly. - -(_a_) =Upper Incisors.=--The roots of both the upper central and lateral -incisors are usually cone shaped, the anterior surface being the arc of -a greater circle than that of the posterior. Forceps for the removal of -these teeth ought therefore to have the blades made in a corresponding -manner (see fig. 17). The lateral incisor is smaller than the central, -and has at times a root somewhat flattened. In removing upper incisors -the posterior blade is applied first, care being taken to - -[Illustration: FIG. 16.] - -see that the edge of the instrument passes between the gum and the -tooth. To dislodge these teeth a firm inward movement should be made in -a direction towards the palate, this movement being followed by one in -an outward direction. If this fails to dislodge the tooth from its -attachments, a firm rotary motion, first to the right and then to the -left, may be tried (the amount of rotation necessary being only about an -eighth of the circle represented by the circumference of the root). -Rotation is generally recommended in the first instance for the -extraction of these teeth, but the inward movement is, I think, best, -the teeth yielding more readily and with less laceration of the soft -tissues. - -The extraction of the roots of these teeth does not as a rule present -much difficulty. When moderately sound the instrument shown in fig. 17 -may be used, but in those instances where the root is much decayed, and -lies well below the gum margin, a rather finer pair will be found more -serviceable. The manner of removal is similar to that used when the -crown is standing. - -[Illustration: FIG. 17.] - -(_b_) =Upper Canines.=--These teeth, like the incisors, are single rooted, -but the difference between the curve of the anterior and posterior -surfaces is greater. The roots too are much longer, more firmly -implanted, and hence require more force in their removal. Forceps -similar in pattern to those used for incisors may be used, the severance -of the tooth from its attachments being brought about by force applied -in an inward, followed by an outward, direction. The root being more or -less three sided, rotation cannot well be adopted. - -The roots of canine teeth are to be removed in the same manner as that -adopted for the whole tooth. - -(_c_) =Upper Bicuspids.=--The first bicuspid has usually one root -flattened and more or less longitudinally grooved on its mesial and -distal surfaces. If this grooving is much marked, it results in a -greater or less division of the root into two slender terminations. -Whether such bifurcation exists or not can seldom be determined before -operation and would not modify the method adopted, but the tendency to -this variation should be borne in mind and the lateral movement be very -gently applied. The internal and external surfaces of the root are for -all practical purposes of equal curvature. - -The second bicuspid has usually only one root, which is not so flattened -in the antero-posterior diameter as the first. There is also not the -same tendency to grooving or bifurcation of the root as there is in the -first bicuspid. - -The blades of forceps for the bicuspids should be equal segments of the -same circle; they should also be bent at an angle with the handles, so -that the latter may clear the lower lip. The forceps shown in fig. 18 is -a useful pattern. In removing an upper bicuspid, the inner blade of the -forceps should be applied first. For severing the tooth from its -attachments a slight inward movement should first be made, followed by -an outward one. If this fails to cause the socket to yield, the inward -movement may again be made, followed by an outward one, and repeated if -necessary. The removal of the tooth from its socket is to be carried out -by force applied in a downward and outward direction. It is well to -remember that the force applied to the inward should always be slight -compared to that used in the outward direction. The removal of bicuspid -roots is carried out in a manner similar to that for the whole tooth. - -[Illustration: FIG. 18.] - -(_d_) =Upper Molars.=--The first upper molar has three roots, one internal -towards the palate (palatine), and two external (buccal); of the three -the palatine is the largest, sub-cylindrical in form, and often curved. -The two buccal roots are placed in an anterior and posterior position, -the latter being in a plane internal to the anterior one; both these -roots are somewhat flattened, and of the two the anterior is the larger. -The roots of the second molar are similar in shape to the first, but are -usually smaller. The third molar, when normal, has three roots, but very -frequently these are all fused together so as to form an abrupt tapering -cone, the point of which is often curved. - -[Illustration: FIG. 19.] - -Owing to the disposition of the roots different forceps will be required -for the removal of upper molars on the right and left side. Of the -blades, the outer or buccal should possess two grooves, the anterior -being the broader and placed in a more external plane. This blade should -also have a slight projection between the grooved surfaces to adapt -itself to the space between the buccal roots. The inner or palatal blade -should possess only one groove. A well-made pair of upper molar forceps -should fit the neck of a first upper permanent molar accurately. The -blades should be bent at an angle with the handles, so that when in use -the latter may clear the lower lip (fig. 19). The palatine blade should -be applied first, and in bringing the outer blade into place the point -should be kept over the groove on the buccal side of the tooth, as this -groove is a guide to the space between the outer roots. To sever these -teeth from their attachments force must be applied first slightly -inwards and then outwards, the movements being repeated if necessary, -the removal of the tooth from the socket being carried out by exerting -force in a downward and outward direction. Too much outward movement -leads to undue bending or fracture of the external alveolar plate. - -[Illustration: FIG. 20.] - -In removing the third molars it is advisable not to have the patient’s -mouth opened to the fullest extent, as the tension of the tissues of the -cheek will thereby be lessened and a clearer view of the outer side of -the tooth thus gained. The application of the forceps is of the utmost -importance, as one is liable, unless care is taken, to include some of -the soft tissue between the blades and the tooth and so cause a painful -laceration. Force applied inwards and then outwards is generally -sufficient to loosen these teeth, their removal being carried out by a -downward and outward movement. - -Forceps similar to those shown in fig. 19 may be used for the removal of -the third molars, but most operators use patterns the blades of which -are similar segments of the same circle (fig. 20). - -[Illustration: FIG. 21. - - (_a_) Normal upper first permanent molar. - (_b_) Oblique rooted upper first permanent molar. - (_c_) Normal upper second permanent molar. - (_d_) Oblique rooted second permanent molar.] - -There is _an abnormality of the upper molars_ which may with advantage -be mentioned here. In this deformity the posterior buccal root is -situated in a plane much internal to the anterior--in other words, it is -an exaggeration of the normal arrangement. Such teeth have been termed -by Mr. Booth Pearsall “_oblique rooted_” (fig. 21). The abnormality is -met with most frequently in the third molar, sometimes in the second, -rarely in the first. The difficulty encountered in extracting these -teeth is that the outer blade of the forceps tends to slip round. -Oblique-rooted teeth can at times be diagnosed by noting an undue -prominence of the alveolus over the anterior buccal root, and are best -removed with forceps similar to that shown in fig. 20. - -_In cases where a portion of the crown remains and the decay extends -well below the gum_ on either the palatal or buccal side, ordinary molar -forceps should be discarded and root forceps employed; useful patterns -are shown in figs. 18, 22 and 23. The removal of teeth in this condition -is carried out as follows, and for the sake of description it will be -supposed that the decay extends deeply on the palatine side. One blade -of the forceps should be first applied to the buccal side of the tooth -and to the root which is considered the stronger; the inner blade should -then be applied to the palatine root care being taken to insinuate it -between the alveolus and the root. The forceps should then be pushed -well upwards until a firm hold of the root is obtained. A firm inward -movement should then be made, as this will allow the inner blade to pass -still higher up the palatine fang and insure steadiness should the -blades tend to ride upon the surface of the root. An outward movement -should next be made, but to nothing like so great a degree as that used -in extracting molars with the whole of the crown standing. This inward -and outward movement is to be repeated until the tooth is freed, the -force being principally applied in the inward direction. - -[Illustration: FIG. 22.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 23. - -For the removal of roots towards the back of the mouth.] - -When the more extensive decay has taken place on the buccal side the -order of proceeding is slightly different. The first blade to be applied -should be the palatine, the outer blade being closed upon whichever of -the buccal roots is considered the stronger. - -The extractive force should be applied first outwards and then inwards, -these movements being repeated if necessary, the principal force being -outwards, as the object in view is to prevent the instrument slipping -off the more decayed side. - -_When a molar is so decayed that but little of the crown remains, but -all the roots are still united_, root forceps are indicated. In such a -case the inner blade is to be applied to the palatine root first, the -outer blade being closed upon the stronger of the buccal fangs. Inward -followed by outward movement should be employed, the point to bear in -mind being to use force towards the side of the tooth which is -considered the weaker. In the majority of such cases the three roots -come away together, but even if this does not happen, one or perhaps two -will be removed, the remainder being subsequently removed with but -little difficulty. - -_In cases where the resistance presented by the roots is very great_ and -an unsuccessful attempt has been made with ordinary root forceps, an -instrument with a buccal blade similar to that shown in fig. 24 may be -used. The inner blade is first applied, the outer one being brought so -as to come, if possible, into the space between the buccal roots. A -firm hold of the roots having been gained, an attempt to extract should -be made by force applied in an inward and outward direction; this -failing, sufficient pressure should be put upon the handles to split the -roots asunder. The sharp outer blade of the forceps will then pass -between the divided buccal roots on to the palatine root, which can thus -readily be brought away. A pair of ordinary upper root forceps should be -employed for removing the buccal roots. - -_If all the three roots of a molar are separate_, their extraction -presents but little difficulty, a slight rotary movement generally -sufficing. - -In all cases where there is a fear of a molar fracturing, root in -preference to ordinary forceps should be used. - -[Illustration: FIG. 24.] - - -(2) =LOWER TEETH.=--For the removal of lower teeth the patient should be -placed on a low level, the head being kept a little forward and the chin -depressed. The position of the operator will naturally differ with the -tooth to be removed - -[Illustration: FIG. 25.] - -and also with the instrument to be used. With teeth on the right side, -when hawk’s-bill pattern forceps or elevators are used, the operator -should stand behind and to the right of the patient, the left arm being -brought round the patient’s head. The thumb of the left hand should be -placed on the inner side and the first finger on the outer side of the -alveolus of the tooth to be removed, and the three remaining fingers -under and supporting the chin. In placing the fingers in the mouth, -care should be taken to keep the wrist well down so as not to impede the -entrance of light (fig. 25). - -[Illustration: FIG. 26.] - -When removing the anterior teeth or those on the left side of the mouth, -the operator should stand on the right side and slightly in front of the -patient. The left hand should be placed as follows: the second finger -on the lingual side, and the first on the labial side of the alveolus of -the tooth to be extracted, the thumb being placed under the chin (fig. -26). - -When employing forceps of the straight pattern shown in fig. 30, the -operator should stand as shown in fig. 26, but it will be found -difficult to place the fingers of the left hand on either side of the -alveolus, indeed they can only well be used for retracting the cheek and -supporting the jaw. - -In removing teeth from the lower jaw, the operator should be careful, in -raising the tooth from the socket, to guard against a sudden separation -of the tooth from its attachments which might result in damage to the -upper teeth. - -[Illustration: FIG. 27.] - -(_a_) =Lower Incisors.=--These teeth each have a single root which is much -flattened laterally. For their removal, forceps similar to those shown -in fig. 27 should be used, the blades being equal segments of the same -circle. The lingual blade should be applied first, the loosening -movement being made by taking the tooth slightly inwards and then -outwards, the final extractive force being upwards and outwards. - -The removal of lower incisor roots is carried out in a similar manner. - -(_b_) =Lower Canines.=--The lower canines have normally one root, which is -flattened laterally. In comparison with the incisors, the root is -stronger and longer. The removal of a lower canine is carried out in a -manner similar to that employed for a lower incisor, but as the tooth -presents more resistance, a greater amount of force is usually required. - -(_c_) =Lower Bicuspids.=--The lower bicuspids have normally one root which -is conical in shape. In the first bicuspid the conical shape of the root -is not so marked as in the second, the outer aspect being the arc of -rather a larger circle than the posterior. Forceps similar to those -shown in fig. 27 may be used, the blades for all practical purposes -being equal in size and shape. The lingual blade of the instrument -should be applied first, the severing of the tooth from its attachments -being carried out by a slight rotary movement around the long axis of -the tooth first in one direction and then in the other; should this not -succeed, a slight inward followed by an outward movement may be tried, -the tooth being raised from its socket by force applied in an upward and -slightly outward direction. - -The roots of lower bicuspids are to be removed in a manner similar to -that required for the extraction of a whole tooth. When the root lies -much below the level of the gum the extraction is often troublesome -owing to the difficulty in gaining a hold with the blades of the -forceps; in such cases, if an attempt with forceps has failed, the -straight elevator may be employed. - -[Illustration: FIG. 28.] - -(_d_) =Lower Molars.=--Lower molars have two roots, placed anteriorly and -posteriorly. The roots are much flattened and have a tendency to curve -backwards, this being well marked in the second and especially so in the -third molar; a fusion of the two roots is at times met with in the -second and frequently in the third molar. A section of a lower molar at -the neck shows both the buccal and lingual aspects to be composed of two -segments of a circle touching each other at one extremity; the anterior -segment being slightly the larger (fig. 28). Each blade of the forceps -used for these teeth should possess two grooves, - -[Illustration: FIG. 29.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 30.] - -separated by a projection which fits into the division between the -anterior and posterior roots; for all practical purposes the blades may -be made of the same size, so that one instrument will suffice for both -sides of the jaw. The instrument best adapted for the removal of these -teeth is shown in fig. 29, though some operators prefer the shape -illustrated in fig. 30. The advantages of the former over the latter -may be briefly summed up as follows: - -(1) A clear view of the tooth and its surroundings can be obtained -during the whole period of removal. - -(2) Force can be applied with greater advantage. - -(3) The alveolus can be easily embraced by the fingers, or by the finger -and thumb of the left hand. - -(4) In removing the tooth from the socket a slight backward movement can -be employed. - -One disadvantage of shape fig. 29 is that it is difficult to employ much -inward movement, and therefore, for teeth lying inwards, namely, with -the crown directed towards the tongue, hawk’s-bill-shaped forceps cannot -easily be used. - -Another disadvantage is that the extent of inward movement is limited by -the proximity of the upper teeth, and in case of trismus it is often -better to use straight forceps (fig. 30). In cases where there are also -much swelling and rigidity of the cheek the straight forceps cause less -inconvenience to the patient. - -In removing lower molars with forceps, the inner blade should be first -applied and then the outer, care being taken to get the points of the -blades between the interspace of the roots. For severing these teeth -from their attachments, a slight inward movement should be first made, -followed by one well outwards, this inward and outward movement being -repeated if necessary. The removal of the tooth from its socket is -carried out by force used in an upward and outward direction. The upward -force exerted upon lower teeth should always be well under control, as -not infrequently the resistance is very suddenly overcome, and, if such -precaution is not taken, there is danger of striking the upper teeth -with considerable force. - -[Illustration: FIG. 31.] - -As previously pointed out, the roots of these teeth are at times curved -a little backwards so that it is often needful in removing the teeth -from their sockets to twist the forceps in a curved direction backwards. - -In the removal of the second molar too much outward movement is not -permissible, as the outer alveolus is often very dense. - -The third molar is best removed with a straight elevator. A glance at -the illustration of this tooth (fig. 31) will show that the roots have a -well-marked curve backwards, in addition to which the bone forming the -socket of this tooth is stronger than is the case with the anterior -molars. The removal of the third molar has therefore to be accomplished -by using force in a direction upwards and backwards, in other words, in -a curve similar to the arc of the circle formed by the roots. This -movement cannot well be carried out with forceps, but is easily -accomplished with the elevator as follows (it being assumed that the -second molar is in place):--Hold the elevator as shown in fig. 13, and -insert the blade between the anterior surface of the root and the -alveolus, keeping the flattened side of the instrument as far as -possible parallel with the root surface. Then force the blade downwards -in a direction towards the apex of the root; following this, rotate the -handle away from the direction in which the tooth is to be moved. This -has the effect of both raising the tooth in its socket and displacing it -backward. The edge of the elevator which is to be brought into contact -with the surface of the root should be sharp so as to cut somewhat into -the cementum. Should this prove insufficient the handle should again be -raised and the flattened surface of the instrument brought parallel with -the anterior surface of the root and the extractive movement repeated -until the tooth is completely raised from its socket. - -In using the elevator, especial care must be taken to protect the tongue -with the fingers or thumb of the left hand, so as to prevent a slip, -which might result in puncture of the tongue, or of the operator’s -finger. - -With the third lower molar there is a tendency for the gum to adhere -tenaciously to the posterior part of the neck of the tooth. When this -happens it is better to simply raise the tooth from its socket with the -elevator or forceps, as the case may be, and then cut the gum away with -a curved pair of scissors. By this method a severe laceration of the gum -may at times be avoided. - -When the third molar is isolated owing to the absence of the second -molar, the elevator may still be employed for its removal, on the right -side the first finger, and on the left side the thumb of the left hand -being used as the fulcrum. In such cases, however, many operators -prefer to use ordinary lower molar forceps. - -_The removal of lower molars when a portion of the crown is standing, -but the decay has progressed below the gum_ on either the buccal or the -lingual aspect, is carried out with root forceps of shape shown in fig. -27. A condition similar to this in upper molars and the method indicated -for their removal were referred to on page 27. The principles enumerated -there apply equally to the removal of lower molars, so that it will not -be necessary to repeat them. The main points to bear in mind are, to -apply the blades of the forceps to the stronger root, and to use the -principal force in the direction of the weaker wall. - -_Where the roots of molars are still united_, root forceps should be -used, the blade being first applied to the lingual surface of the -stronger root. A firm hold having been obtained, the root may be removed -by employing force in a manner similar to that employed with ordinary -molar forceps. In this way both roots will usually come away together. -If, however, only one root is extracted, the remaining one can easily be -removed, either with the same forceps or a curved elevator. The curved -elevator (fig. 49) may be employed either by placing it against the -root, and so forcing it into the socket of the root already removed, or -by placing the blade in the socket of the extracted root, forcing the -point of the instrument through the intervening bone and then elevating -the remaining root. - -_With roots of lower molars which present great resistance_, forceps -with cutting blades may be used (fig. 32). The blades are inserted on -the lingual and buccal aspects of the arch in such a manner that the -points pass into the space between the roots. The handles are then -closed and an attempt is made to remove the roots in the ordinary way, -but should this prove unsuccessful the handles must be forcibly closed, -so as to divide the roots which can then, as a rule, be removed with -ordinary root forceps. - -The value of splitting roots in a case similar to that shown in fig. 33 -is apparent, for, as will be seen, it allows each root to be removed in -the line of its inclination. - -[Illustration: FIG. 32.] - -_In those cases where the roots are separated_ their removal is carried -out with root forceps, an inward and outward movement being usually -sufficient. - -The roots of third molars are best removed with a straight elevator. -The _modus operandi_ is similar to that used in extracting the whole -tooth. - -[Illustration: FIG. 33. - -(_a_) Lower molar with divergent roots. (_b_) The dotted lines show the -direction in which the root can be removed if the tooth is divided as -suggested in the text.] - -_At times the lower molar teeth are much tilted in such a way that the -crown surface stands towards the tongue._--Under such conditions their -removal is best carried out with instruments of the pattern shown in -fig. 30, since the handles of forceps of the hawk’s-bill pattern when -applied would come in contact with the upper teeth, and thus impede the -inward movement which is so necessary for the removal of teeth in this -position. - -=The Temporary Teeth.=--For the removal of upper incisors and canines, a -small pair of straight forceps of the pattern shown in fig. 34 should be -used. The first upper temporary molars are best removed with a pair of -forceps like fig. 35. - -The lower incisors and canines require a small pair of hawk’s-bill -forceps similar to the shape shown in fig. 27. For the lower temporary -molars, a small pair of forceps similar to that illustrated in fig. 29 -should be used. - -[Illustration: FIG. 34.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 35.] - -In removing the temporary teeth, care must be taken not to drive the -forceps up too high, for fear of injuring the permanent teeth; this is -more especially to be noted in connection with the temporary molars, as -the roots of these teeth practically embrace the crowns of the -bicuspids. Generally speaking, if a temporary molar fractures in the -attempt to remove it, the portion of tooth remaining in the jaw should -be left alone unless it can be brought away quite easily. - -[Illustration: FIG. 36.] - -Roots in the condition shown in fig. 36 are best removed with an -elevator as follows: the thumb of the right hand being placed on an -adjacent tooth so as to gain a hold, the point of the elevator should be -placed below the end of the root and force applied. In a few cases it -may be necessary to cut the gum with a lancet before using the elevator. - -Small pieces of the temporary teeth which persist and become wedged in -between the permanent teeth can be best removed with an excavator or a -similar suitable instrument. - - - - -CHAPTER III. - -The Extraction of Misplaced Teeth. - - -Nothing, perhaps, tests the skill of a good operator more than the -extraction of a misplaced or impacted tooth, and although it is -impossible to give anything like a complete list of the various -malpositions met with, those most commonly seen will be mentioned, and -the usual method for removing such teeth indicated. - -[Illustration: FIG. 37.] - -(_a_) =Upper Central Incisors.=--An irregularity of this tooth calling for -removal is shown in fig. 37. - -The extraction is best carried out with an instrument similar to that -shown in fig. 38, the fine inner blade being applied on the palatal side -and the broad blade on the labial. Extractive force should be applied -principally in the outward direction, and if this is not sufficient, -slight rotary movement should be tried. In cases where there is less -room between the approximal teeth, the projecting tooth may be removed -with a pair of straight forceps (fig. 17), the blades being applied to -the mesial and distal aspects of the root. The blades should not be -driven very far up, and the loosening of the tooth should be -accomplished by slight rotary motion, in using which care should be -taken to avoid loosening the approximal teeth. - -[Illustration: FIG. 38.] - -(_b_) =Upper Lateral Incisors= lying internal to the arch, as shown in -fig. 39, can be removed with the forceps shown in fig. 38, by placing -the fine blade on the labial and the broad blade on the palatal side of -the tooth. Extractive movement should be made inwards, followed by very -slight outward movement; this failing, rotation should be tried, but as -pointed out on a previous page, this form of movement is not so suitable -for lateral incisors as for centrals. - -[Illustration: FIG. 39.] - -(_c_) =Upper Canines= placed high in the arch, as shown in fig. 40, may be -extracted with a straight pair of forceps (fig. 17), the blades being -placed on the mesial and labial aspects of the root. Extraction of such -teeth is very difficult. Slight but firm rotation may first be tried; if -this fails to loosen the tooth, slight lateral movement may be -attempted, the force being applied towards and then away from the median -line of the mouth. - -[Illustration: FIG. 40.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 41.] - -(_d_) =Upper Bicuspids= misplaced, as shown in fig. 41, can be removed -with forceps, as shown in figs. 18 and 22, the blades being applied on -the anterior and posterior aspects of the tooth. Force should be applied -in a backward and forward direction, the movements being repeated and -persevered with until the tooth is loosened in its socket. - -[Illustration: FIG. 42.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 43.] - -A bicuspid placed as shown in fig. 42 can be removed with forceps -similar in form to those depicted in figs. 18 and 22, with the outer -blade strong but narrow. The extractive movement should be made mainly -in an inward direction. - -[Illustration: FIG. 44.] - -(_e_) =Lower Central Incisors= placed similarly to that shown in fig. 43 -may be removed with ordinary lower root forceps (hawk’s-bill pattern), -the blades being placed on the mesial and distal surfaces of the root, -and movement applied in a direction to and away from the median line of -the mouth. When the crowding is not so extreme as shown in fig. 44, -forceps of the hawk’s-bill pattern with a strong but narrow inner blade -should be used (fig. 45), and the principal extractive movement made in -an outward direction. For an incisor placed as shown in fig. 47, the -narrow blade should be the outer one (fig. 46), and the principal force -should be applied in an inward direction. - -(_f_) =Lower Bicuspids= placed as in fig. 48 are - -[Illustration: FIG. 45.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 46.] - -most difficult teeth to remove. One of the most useful instruments for -their extraction is a pair of upper root forceps (Read’s pattern, fig. -22), which should be held so that the curve of the blades is downwards. -The blades should grasp the root on its anterior and posterior surfaces. -Slight rotary movement may first be attempted, followed by lateral -motion. These movements may be persevered with until the tooth is found -to yield. Too much haste may lead to a fracture, which would be -extremely difficult to deal with. - -[Illustration: FIG. 47.] - -[Illustration: FIG. 48.] - -In cases where the crowding is not so great, and the tooth is more in -the normal line of the arch, a forceps with a narrow outer blade will -suffice (fig. 46). Extractive force should be used principally towards -the median line of the mouth, and this may be combined with slight -rotary movement. - -[Illustration: FIG. 49.] - -(_g_) =Impacted Lower Third Molars= are amongst the most difficult teeth -to extract. Where the tooth is deep-seated, the gum should be pushed -aside by careful packing, and as clear a view of the tooth as is -possible obtained. For removing these teeth it is difficult to give any -rules, as each case must be treated on its own merits. - -As useful an instrument as any for their removal is a curved elevator -(fig. 49), the blade of which can often be inserted under the crown, and -assuming that good leverage is thus obtained, the tooth can be prised -up. Sometimes the tooth is firmly embedded in the bone. In such cases a -clear view of the tooth may be obtained by gradually packing the soft -tissues apart, the periosteum covering the alveolus should then be -raised, and the bone surrounding the tooth cut away with suitable -instruments. The tooth, when freely exposed, should be removed with an -elevator or forceps. - -The wound resulting must be carefully packed and treated as described on -page 85. - - - - -CHAPTER IV. - -The Use of Anæsthetics during Extraction of the Teeth. - - -The anæsthetics used during the extraction of teeth may be divided into -two classes, viz.:--general and local. It is not proposed to make any -allusion to the methods of administering general anæsthetics, as they -hardly fall within the scope of this volume. There are, however, a few -points which the operator should bear in mind when employing them and -which may with advantage be briefly dwelt upon, but before considering -these, a word or two may not be out of place with regard to the choice -of the anæsthetic. In dental practice three agents are generally used, -nitrous oxide alone or in combination with air or oxygen, ether and -chloroform. - -In the very large majority of dental operations nitrous oxide is to be -preferred to ether and chloroform, and possesses the great advantage -over them of being practically safe. In addition, the administration of -nitrous oxide occupies a shorter period, and the recovery is rapid and -complete. Within the last few years, combinations of nitrous oxide with -oxygen and with air have been introduced by Dr. Hewitt and Mr. Rowell -respectively, and both combinations possess advantages over nitrous -oxide used alone. - -_The advantages of nitrous oxide and oxygen over nitrous oxide alone -are_:-- - -(1) The anæsthesia is quieter. - -(2) The mucous membranes of the mouth do not swell to the same extent, -and the operator therefore gains a clearer view of the tooth. - -(3) The period of anæsthesia is lengthened, perhaps by only a few -seconds, but the quieter condition of the patient assists indirectly in -prolonging the period for operating. - -_The advantages of nitrous oxide with air over nitrous oxide alone_ are -somewhat similar to those of nitrous oxide and oxygen, though less -marked. - -_For operations requiring a long anæsthesia_, such as the extraction of -a difficult third molar, ether should be used, the administration being -commenced with nitrous oxide. In such cases many operators prefer to use -chloroform, but the regular employment of this agent in dental surgery -is to be severely condemned, and the cases are rare indeed in which its -use is called for. A most careful inquiry into this important subject -has been made by Dr. Hewitt, and the results of his work were -communicated in an exhaustive paper published in the _Journal of the -British Dental Association_ for November, 1895, which is well worthy the -perusal of all those who are in the habit of administering chloroform. - -Whenever a general anæsthetic is given for the removal of teeth, two -people should always be present, one to confine his attention solely to -the administration of the anæsthetic, the other to the removal of the -tooth, as it is impossible for one person to operate and at the same -time to observe the condition of the patient during the anæsthetic -period. This rule should be strictly adhered to. - -For extraction under nitrous oxide, and also to a great extent under -ether, the positions of the patients should differ but little if at all -from those already advocated, with this exception, it is advisable not -to have the head too far back. Before the administration of the -anæsthetic is commenced, any removable artificial teeth that may be in -the mouth should be taken out; the operator should decide exactly what -he intends to do; at the same time it is well not to attempt too much -and to avoid pricking the gum during the examination of any roots that -it may be necessary to extract. The prop should be placed on sound firm -teeth in such a position that the operator can work without being -hindered by it, and a final view of the mouth should be taken. Where -several teeth have to be extracted at one sitting, their order of -removal should be decided upon before the operation is commenced, and if -any particular tooth is causing pain, it should be extracted first. The -order of removal should also as far as possible be arranged so that -changes of instruments are reduced to a minimum. As a rule, lower teeth -should be extracted before upper teeth, because if the latter are -removed first, the blood may pass down and so obscure the lower ones. -Roots should be removed before whole teeth for the same reason. Each -tooth or root must be cleared from the mouth before any attempt is made -to remove another except in cases where the gum is thoroughly adherent; -under this condition the tooth or root may be left and freed from the -gum when the patient has recovered. With teeth which have a liability to -slip out from between the blades of the forceps, it is well as a -precaution to keep a finger of the left hand behind the blades to -prevent the tooth passing backwards should it slip out. - - -LOCAL ANÆSTHETICS. - -(_a_) =Cocaine.=--The most efficacious of the local anæsthetics in use is -cocaine. It is an alkaloid obtained from the dry leaves of Erythroxylon -Coca, and in practice the hydrochlorate form is generally used. For the -removal of teeth it is necessary to inject a solution of the drug into -the tissues, a simple application to the gum being of little use. -Cocaine has the reputation of not being thoroughly reliable in its -action, but this in a great measure often arises from want of care in -injecting it. Not more than half a grain should be injected for the -removal of a tooth, and even then with people of feeble health, untoward -symptoms may supervene. - -_Mode of Employment._--A fresh solution of the drug should be made each -time its use is called for, by dissolving a tabloid weighing half a -grain in 5 minims of distilled water. Half of the solution should be -injected into the gum on each side of the alveolus. The gum being such a -dense tissue, the solution should be injected slowly, otherwise the bulk -of it will escape by the side of the needle into the mouth. As there is -always a tendency for this to happen even when the solution is slowly -injected, it is well to keep a finger of the left hand pressed on the -gum where the needle is inserted. - -Speaking personally, I usually occupy about eight minutes over the -injection, and wait for four or five minutes after its completion before -operating. As a local anæsthetic I have generally found cocaine -satisfactory, so far as its anæsthetic properties are concerned, but the -occasional appearance of toxic symptoms, especially in those of feeble -health, should not be lost sight of. Tropacocaine has been recommended -as possessing the anæsthetic properties of cocaine without giving rise -to toxic effects, but in practice I have not found these statements -fully borne out. - -_Toxic Effects._--The administration of cocaine, especially if given in -large doses, may be followed by well-marked toxic effects of which the -following are cited by Dr. Hewitt.[4] - -“Headache; vertigo; pallor; a cold, moist skin; a feeble, slow, or rapid -pulse, becoming imperceptible in grave cases; incoherence of speech; -nausea; vomiting; unconsciousness; trismus and other muscular spasms; -epileptiform attacks; dilated or unequal pupils; and disturbances of -respiration, culminating in dyspnœa and asphyxia.” The treatment of -cocaine poisoning should be directed first to restoring the circulation -by the administration of a rapidly acting stimulant, such as -sal-volatile, brandy, or the hypodermic injection of ether. The patient -should be placed in the horizontal position, and the respiration watched -for; should this tend to fail, artificial respiration must be -immediately resorted to. - -(_b_) =Freezing Agents.=--This group includes such preparations as -_chloride of ethyl_, _coryl_ (a mixture of chloride of ethyl and -chloride of methyl in such proportions that the mixture boils at 0° C.) -and _anestile_. Generally speaking, the anæsthesia produced is by no -means satisfactory, and to use them to the greatest advantage, attention -must be given to the following points:-- - -(1) The gums must be well dried, and as far as possible all neighbouring -regions, such as the cheeks or tongue, protected by napkins or other -suitable material. - -(2) The gums must be thoroughly frozen before commencing to operate. - -(3) The extraction must be carried out as quickly as is consistent with -thoroughness. - -(4) If possible the spray should be continued during the operation. - -(5) Too great a jet should not be used. - -Freezing agents can be employed much better for front than for back -teeth, in fact it is found at times difficult to freeze the gums at all -satisfactorily at the back of the mouth. - - - - -CHAPTER V. - -Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ of Extraction of the Teeth. - - -Like all other surgical operations, the extraction of teeth is at times -attended with certain difficulties, complications and sequelæ which for -the sake of description will be considered under the following headings: - -(1) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ connected with the teeth -themselves. - -(2) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ connected with the jaws. - -(3) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ connected with the soft -parts. - -(4) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ arising during extraction -under anæsthetics. - -(5) Miscellaneous complications, difficulties and sequelæ. - - -(1) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ CONNECTED WITH THE TEETH -THEMSELVES. - -(_a_) =Undue Resistance of the tooth and= =alveolus.=--Considerable -resistance to our efforts to remove a tooth at times occurs. This is -naturally most often, though by no means always, met with in those of -strong physique. Teeth isolated are always firmer than those in series; -this is accounted for by a consolidation of the bone around them. -Experience will act as a guide, and it is to a certain extent possible, -after a little observation, to gather from the general appearance of a -tooth if it will give more than normal trouble in removal. Should undue -resistance be met with, steady attempts to move the tooth slightly in -different directions should be made and persevered with; if this -precaution is not taken and too much force is used in any one direction, -fracture of the tooth or alveolus is sure to result. It may, perhaps, be -found impossible to remove the tooth; when this is the case it is best -to dismiss the patient and to make a fresh attempt two or three days -later; the tooth will then probably be loose, as a result of the -inflammation which has been set up by the previous attempt at -extraction, and can be easily removed. - -The causes of undue resistance are:-- - -(i.) Abnormal density of the alveolar process. - -(ii.) Divergent and twisted roots. - -(iii.) Alteration in the shapes of the roots brought about by -periodontal inflammation (exostosis). - -(_b_) =Fracture of the tooth.=--The principal causes of this accident -are:-- - -(i.) The use of badly fitting forceps. - -(ii.) The use of unnecessary or wrongly applied force in attempting to -loosen the tooth in its socket. - -A tooth having been fractured, the patient should be made to rinse the -mouth until the bleeding has ceased, the socket should be dried with -cotton-wool, and the position and edge of the root defined with a probe -before attempting to remove the fractured portion. It is neglect of -these steps that so often leads to failure to remove the remaining -portion of a fractured root. Too many attempts to remove a fractured -root should not be made; if a second endeavour proves fruitless, the -patient should be dismissed and a fresh attempt, if necessary, made -after a period of one or two days, as the tooth will probably then be -looser from inflammatory trouble, moreover, the hæmorrhage having -ceased, it will be possible to obtain a clearer view of the root. -Before, however, dismissing the patient, an anodyne mouth wash should be -prescribed, and the pulp if exposed touched with carbolic or nitric -acid. The lower third of a root may generally be left without fear of -unpleasant consequences; but it is always well to inform the patient -when any portion of a tooth is allowed to remain in the jaw, as such -knowledge may be of assistance should any trouble arise at a subsequent -date. - -(_c_) =Crowded and irregular teeth.=--The removal of these has already -been referred to in Chapter III. - -(_d_) =The Removal of the wrong tooth.=--The removal of the wrong tooth -may occur and is naturally due to carelessness on the part of the -operator. Should this accident arise, the tooth must be immediately -replaced and if necessary secured with a ligature. If the pulp -subsequently shows signs of degeneration or inflammation it should be -removed and the canal treated and filled. - -(_e_) =Removal of a neighbouring tooth.=--This may occur and is generally -due to a crowded arrangement of the teeth. The accident seems to occur -most frequently with the removal of the first permanent lower molar, the -neighbouring tooth usually involved being the second bicuspid which is -simultaneously dislocated from its socket. This accident can be avoided -by placing the thumb on the tooth which shows a tendency to move, and -exerting only as much force in the removal of the tooth which is being -extracted as can be controlled by the thumb. If a neighbouring tooth is -removed it must be replaced and treated in the same manner as described -above. - -(_f_) =Removal of an unerupted bicuspid.=--This may be an avoidable or an -unavoidable accident. At times the developing bicuspid is so firmly -embraced by the roots of the deciduous molar that during the extraction -of the latter tooth the bicuspid is removed--such an accident cannot be -avoided. It is an avoidable accident when it occurs during the -extraction of the roots of a temporary molar and arises from using too -much force. As previously pointed out it is best to leave the fractured -roots of temporary molars alone unless they can be easily removed. - -(_g_) =Breaking one tooth in extracting another.=--In the extraction of -lower teeth with hawk’s-bill forceps the upper teeth may be fractured. -This accident is most likely to occur to the inexperienced, and arises -from the tooth leaving its socket suddenly, due frequently to the -extracting force being used in an upward rather than an outward -direction. It may, however, occur when a lower tooth has been more than -normally resistant. In all such cases it is well for the operator to be -on guard by keeping the thumb or a finger of the left hand over the -joint of the forceps. - -Also in using the elevator an adjacent tooth may be fractured. - - -(2) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ CONNECTED WITH THE JAWS. - -(_a_) =Fracture.=--The fracture and removal of a small piece of the -alveolus is not an unfrequent accident which is fortunately by no means -serious. It is sometimes unavoidable but at other times is due to -getting the blades of the forceps on the outer sides of the alveolus -instead of between the bone and the root of the tooth. - -Extensive fracture is sometimes seen, for instance in a case that came -under my notice at the Dental Hospital of London an unqualified person -in removing the first lower right permanent molar fractured the bone in -a horizontal direction so that the second and first bicuspids with the -canine were completely separated from the body of the bone. Mr. -Salter[5] gives an account of an extensive fracture of the jaw which -occurred in a lady æt. 35. The fracture occurred in connection with the -removal of the superior central incisors. The right central incisor -required some force for its removal, and when it came away the whole of -the front of the alveolus was firmly attached to the root. In removing -the left central incisor considerable force was required during the -exertion of which the bone was fractured. On examination of the parts -the mass of bone corresponding to the intermaxillary bone was found to -be merely held in place by the soft tissues. “A vertical fracture -extended from the side of the canine up to the root of the nose, then -nearly horizontally across to the opposite side, being connected there -with another vertical fracture. The lesion passed completely through the -jaw from before backwards, and there was a wound in the palate three -quarters of an inch from the alveolar border, through which was -considerable hæmorrhage.” A still more severe example of fracture during -extraction of teeth is recorded by Mr. Cattlin,[6] where in an attempt -to remove a third upper molar with an elevator the tuberosity of the -maxilla, a portion of the floor of the antrum and part of the sphenoid -were fractured. - -Fracture of the maxilla tuberosity may occur during the removal of the -third upper molar, and Mr. Nicol[7] records such an accident during the -removal of the second upper permanent molar. In a case recorded by Mr. -L. Matheson[8] a transverse fracture of the maxilla occurred in a line -between the first and second permanent molars during the removal of the -first-named tooth. - -Direct transverse fracture of the horizontal ramus of the mandible due -to extraction of the teeth has also been recorded. - -_Treatment._--In fracture of small portions of the alveolar process, no -special treatment is called for except that all loose fragments should -be removed. When the fracture is of a more extensive character, the -fragments must be retained in position by a suitable form of splint, a -description of which will be found in most works on dental surgery. - -(_b_) =Necrosis= of the alveolus may result from extraction and is -generally the result of undue violence or of some septic process -occurring in the wound. The _treatment_ to be followed consists of the -use of antiseptic and deodorant mouth washes; the necrosed bone when -quite separated from the living tissue should be removed with a pair of -suitable forceps. - -(_c_) =Dislocation of the mandible.=--The use of too much force in -extracting a lower tooth and not at the same time counteracting the -force by supporting the chin, may lead to unilateral or bilateral -dislocation of the mandible. This accident may also be brought about by -forcing the mouth open too much with a Mason’s gag during the -administration of an anæsthetic. It may likewise occur without the -employment of undue force in those who have previously met with or are -liable to dislocation. - -_Reduction_ may be brought about by placing the thumbs, carefully -wrapped in a napkin, on the molar teeth and the palmar surfaces of the -fingers below the chin. If downward pressure is then made with the -thumbs, and upward pressure with the fingers, the condyles of the -mandible will generally pass back easily into the glenoid cavity. In -cases where more difficulty than this is experienced, the patient should -be placed in a recumbent position, and corks should be inserted between -the back teeth. Upward pressure should then be applied on the under -surface of the chin. It is advisable, after reduction, for the patient -to wear a four-tailed bandage for about a week. - -(_d_) =Forcing a root into the antrum.=--This accident occurs mostly in -connection with the extraction of the second upper bicuspid root and -buccal roots of the first upper permanent molar. If a root has been so -dislocated into the antral cavity as to still partly remain in its -socket, the best course to pursue is to leave it alone and not to -attempt removal as the attempt might only result in complete dislocation -of the root into the antrum. The socket should be kept quite clean by -the continual use of antiseptic washes. As a rule the root gives rise to -no subsequent trouble. - -When a root has been forced completely into the antrum, the latter -should be enlarged and the antral cavity thoroughly syringed. For this -purpose it is well to use an aural syringe of five or six ounce -capacity. The rationale of this form of treatment is that the root may -pass out with the return current from the antrum. If this treatment -fails, an attempt may be made to remove the root with a little scoop of -gutta-percha fixed on to a flexible wire. When it cannot be removed in -this manner, the cavity should be thoroughly irrigated with an -antiseptic solution and the root left alone, as it will in all -probability become encysted and not give rise to any subsequent -trouble. If, however, the patient has a history of epitheliomatous -disease of the jaws further attempts should be made to remove it. A case -where a tooth was forced into the antrum in a patient with a family -history of epithelioma of the jaw is recorded in the Transactions of the -Odontological Society, vol. ii., page 15, old series. - -(_e_) =Forcing a tooth into an abscess cavity.=--This accident may occur; -if it does, it requires similar treatment to the accident just described -in connection with the antrum. - -(_f_) =Trismus.=--Inability to open the mouth naturally renders extraction -of the teeth more difficult than usual. When, however, the closure is -the result of inflammatory trouble in connection with the lower molars, -an anæsthetic should be given and the mouth opened forcibly with a -Mason’s gag. If the trismus is the result of tonic contraction of the -muscles closing the jaw, ether should be used in order to overcome the -resistance of the muscles, as nitrous oxide would not have the desired -effect. - - -(3) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFT -TISSUES. - -(_a_) =Extensive laceration of the gum.=--In cases where a tooth has given -rise to much trouble in removal, the soft tissues naturally suffer, but -apart from this they may be severely lacerated when the gum is more -than usually adherent to a tooth. This is most frequently seen in the -removal of the lower third molar, but it is also sometimes met with in -the removal of loose teeth. When the gum is found more than usually -adherent the tooth should be left in the socket until the gum attachment -has been divided with a pair of scissors or a lancet. Continued attempts -to remove the tooth with the forceps before the gum has been divided -will only lead to undue laceration. - -In all cases where the gums have been badly lacerated, an anodyne mouth -wash should be prescribed. - -(_b_) =Wounding the tongue.=--This is most likely to occur under nitrous -oxide, as the tongue during anæsthesia is generally swollen, and is, -moreover, not under the control of the patient. Wounding the tongue is -nearly always due to carelessness, and arises generally in using the -elevator. When the tongue is _much lacerated_, the overhanging portions -should be trimmed off with scissors and the surface kept clean with -antiseptic mouth washes. If the _tongue is punctured and the wound does -not involve a large branch of the lingual artery_, but yet bleeds -freely, the tongue should be drawn forward; if this does not prove -successful the insertion of a stitch will generally cause the hæmorrhage -to cease. _If the tongue is punctured and a large branch of the lingual -artery is involved_, the finger should be placed on the back of the -tongue and the organ drawn forward; this compresses the lingual artery -against the hyoid bone. The bleeding point must then be sought for and, -if found, an attempt made to twist the wounded vessel. If this fails -cauterisation may be tried, and as a last resource, if cauterisation -does not stop the bleeding, the lingual artery must be tied. - -(_c_) =Bruising the lower lips.=--This may occur in the removal of upper -bicuspids and molars, and is due to having the mouth insufficiently -opened, and using forceps of too straight a pattern. - -(_d_) =Injury of the mandibular nerve.=--The mandibular nerve may be -injured during the removal of the lower molars and bicuspids. Loss of -sensation over the parts supplied by the nerve, with dribbling of -saliva, generally follows the accident. Sensation is, however, usually -restored, and in cases of laceration the nerve generally unites. - -Mr. Sewill records a case in which “the roots of a lower wisdom tooth -contained a groove and a foramen, through which the inferior dental -nerve had evidently passed.” - -(_e_) =Hæmorrhage following tooth extraction= is a most important -complication, and one which needs prompt treatment. Hæmorrhage is -predisposed to by a diathesis known as hæmophylia. Of its pathology but -little seems to be definitely known. The blood in this condition is said -by Walsham to be deficient in fibrin. Hæmorrhage may occur in people not -predisposed to the above-named diathesis; in some instances it is -probably due to pathological changes in the artery supplying the tooth, -these changes being frequently induced by inflammation around the apex -of the root, and the vessel becoming adherent to its bony surrounding, -and thus prevented from contracting. Another condition, which may or may -not have any practical bearing, is the occurrence of hæmorrhage during -the menstrual period. I have, on two occasions, had under notice -patients for whom teeth have been extracted during this period, and in -whom hæmorrhage followed, but ceased at the termination of the period. -Teeth had been extracted for both these patients on previous occasions, -without undue hæmorrhage following. - -Hæmorrhage is generally divided into three stages, viz.:--primary, -intermediate and secondary. In the mouth we often find the primary -running into the intermediate. The treatment of primary hæmorrhage, or -that occurring at the time of the operation, is not of serious import. -If it is at all sharp a useful plan is to give the patient some tincture -of hamamelis in the water used for rinsing the mouth. At the same time -about fifteen grains of gallic acid[9] should be given, and the patient -should be ordered to take a similar quantity every two or three hours -until the hæmorrhage ceases. The socket should also be loosely plugged -with cotton-wool dipped in some styptic, such as gallic acid. - -Intermediate and secondary hæmorrhage is of a more serious nature, and -generally sets in at night. When a case of intermediate hæmorrhage is -first seen, these two important points should be ascertained before -treating it:--first, whether the bleeding is coming from the gums or the -socket of the tooth; secondly, whether the blood shows a tendency to -coagulation. The latter point will act as a guide in the choice of drugs -for internal administration. - -In hæmorrhage from the gum search should be made for any small vessels -that may be the cause of it, and if found they should be twisted or -compressed. If the vessel is only partially divided it should be -completely severed, as this will probably allow contraction to take -place. If the bleeding is capillary in character, a pad of gutta-percha -lined with lint dipped in some styptic and applied with firm pressure is -usually sufficient to stop it.[10] - -When the bleeding proceeds from the socket the following mode of -procedure is adopted: some small cone-shaped pieces of non-absorbent -cotton-wool are prepared (each about ⅓ to ½ inch long and ¼ inch broad -at the base), also a pad of lint and a four-tailed bandage; a syringe, a -pair of conveying forceps, some cold water and the chosen styptic are -likewise placed ready for use. The socket is first freed from clot, then -syringed, then dried out with a pledget of cotton-wool, and directly -afterwards one of the cone-shaped pieces of cotton-wool dipped in the -styptic (the most useful being tannin) is placed in the socket and -forced to the apex, with a fair amount of pressure; the hæmorrhage is -arrested far more by pressure than by the styptic. More pledgets of wool -are inserted until the socket is quite full; a plug of lint is then -placed over all and kept in position by antagonism with the upper teeth, -a four-tailed bandage being used for this purpose. An excellent method -of keeping the plug in the socket if the approximal teeth are standing -is to wedge a piece of wood between them. Excellent as this plan is, -however, if the hæmorrhage is at all sharp it is better to use the -four-tailed bandage to make more certain of retaining the plug in -position. The number of pledgets of wool inserted in the socket should -be counted. - -The general directions to be given to the patient, though apparently -trivial, are most important and should never be forgotten. He or she -should be advised to go home very quietly, to avoid all forms of -excitement, to assume the sitting position usual during the day, and to -use a high pillow at night. The patient should be fed through a bent -tube, and all fluids should be given cold. - -In addition to plugging the socket, hæmostatics should be administered -internally. - -In _cases where there is_ a thin watery blood and _no tendency to -coagulation_ it may be fairly assumed that the cause of the hæmorrhage -lies in the blood, and such drugs as gallic acid[11] and perchloride of -iron[12] are indicated, _but when the blood shows a marked tendency to -coagulate_ in the mouth, as often happens, and the bleeding still -continues, such drugs as ergot[13] are indicated; in this latter -condition it may be assumed that the cause of the hæmorrhage lies in -some want of contractility of the vessel wall, and ergot causes -contraction of unstriped muscular tissue. - -At the time of plugging the socket a dose of gallic acid, perchloride of -iron or ergot should be given, and its administration continued at -intervals until the bleeding ceases. Mr. Morton Smale prefers a -hypodermic injection of ergotine.[14] - -The patient should be seen within twenty-four hours after treatment, and -if the bleeding has ceased the plugs may be removed and an antiseptic -mouth wash prescribed. This course is not recommended when the -hæmorrhage has been severe; under such circumstances the plugs should be -allowed to work themselves out. If the hæmorrhage has not then ceased, -the socket should be replugged tighter than before with a plug of wood -wrapped in non-absorbent cotton-wool. Should this prove of no avail the -actual cautery may be tried; if this fails, and the bleeding is from the -mandible, the canal should be trephined and a plug of ivory inserted, -so as to compress the artery against the inner plate of the bone. In -uncontrollable hæmorrhage from the maxilla digital pressure on the -common carotid opposite the transverse process of the sixth cervical -vertebra may be tried; should this fail to stop the hæmorrhage, ligature -of that vessel must be resorted to. - -In one case of hæmorrhage from the region of the third right lower molar -Mr. Boyd[15] divided the lip in the median line and reflected the cheek -from the jaw. The mandibular canal was then laid open by excising the -outer plate of the bone, and the bleeding was arrested by plugging the -mesial and distal ends of the canal. - -_In extreme cases, with sign of collapse_, normal saline solution[16] -must be infused into the median basilic vein. - -In _patients predisposed to hæmorrhage_ extraction should be if possible -avoided; but, if the removal of the tooth be absolutely necessary, -prophylactic treatment should be pursued for three or four days previous -to the operation by the administration of one or other of the remedies -previously mentioned. - -A new styptic, consisting of fibrin ferment 1 to 10 to which 1 per cent. -of calcium chloride has been added, is said by Walsham to act only on -the blood, not on the tissues, and to be perfectly aseptic. It was found -to be effectual in arresting hæmorrhage after the division of all the -veins except the common jugular in a dog’s neck. - -The tooth should be extracted in the early morning, as we then have the -day before us should hæmorrhage occur. Some hæmostatic should be -administered at the time of the operation and the socket plugged at -once; for it is most important to remember that in these cases it is far -easier to prevent the hæmorrhage occurring than to arrest it when once -it has commenced. The subsequent treatment will consist in the continued -administration of hæmostatic drugs. - -(_f_) =Injury of the arteries in the neighbourhood of the teeth.=--Wound -of the _lingual_ artery has been referred to under the heading of -injuries to the tongue. Laceration of the _ranine_, _anterior and -posterior palatine_ arteries may also occur. Such accidents are usually -the result of the forceps slipping and are therefore avoidable. -Treatment consists in pressure or in twisting or tying the divided -vessel. In the case of the _anterior or posterior palatine artery_ it -may be found necessary to plug the foramina which give passage to these -vessels. - -(_g_) =Pain following tooth extraction.=--The causes giving rise to pain -following the extraction of a tooth are:-- - -(1) _Incomplete extraction of the tooth_, more especially when the -remaining portion contains an exposed pulp. - -(2) _Too rapid healing of the orifice of the socket._--It sometimes -happens that the margins of the wound left after extraction unite very -early, and when this occurs the discharges which naturally come away -from the granulating surface at the base of the socket, have no exit; -the consequence is that they are retained and set up a local traumatic -inflammation, leading to swelling of the surrounding tissue. - -(3) _Suppuration in the tooth socket._--This may be due in the first -instance to the use of dirty forceps, and under such circumstances it -may be classed as a poisoned wound. An examination will reveal the -presence of greenish putrid pus, while the tissue around will be much -inflamed, and the portion immediately bordering the wound will have a -tendency to slough. A condition of this kind is often seen in hospital -nurses and medical students and is no doubt due to infection met with in -their daily duties. - -Suppuration in the socket may be due to a lowered vitality of the -tissue, produced by some such local causes as acute or chronic -inflammation, and is especially well seen in cases of extraction for -the relief of periodontitis, or where the operation has been performed -in patients suffering from general debility, syphilis, struma or in fact -any of those systemic diseases which tend to lower the vitality of the -organism. - -(4) _Extensive laceration of the hard and soft tissues_ in the -neighbourhood of the socket; and - -(5) _Necrosis of the socket of the tooth_ are also fruitful sources of -pain following tooth extraction. - -(6) _The presence in the wound of a foreign body._--A curious example of -this came under notice a few years ago. A patient applied for the -extraction of the left first permanent molar. During the operation a -portion of one of the cusps disappeared; a search was made for it but, -as it was not found, the natural supposition was that it had been -removed in rinsing the mouth. The patient for the next three weeks -complained of slight pain in the socket for which remedies were tried -but proved of little use. Eventually the patient discovered the cusp on -the top of the granulation tissue which had filled up the socket. In -another case of the same character which came under notice, the -offending material was a piece of an amalgam filling. A fractured blade -of forceps may likewise act as the offending body. - -(7) _Injury to the nerve._--Direct injury to the trunk of the nerve is -more likely to occur during extraction of the lower third molar than -with any other tooth. It is more than probable that many obscure cases -of pain following tooth extraction are due to exposure and irritation of -the nerve at the apex of the socket. An interesting case of this -character was lately reported by Mr. Storer Bennett.[17] The patient, a -lady æt. 23, had had the third upper molar dislocated through the use of -a Wood’s gag, and, as it was considered hopeless to restore the -dislocated tooth, it was extracted without difficulty. The socket in -spite of treatment remained painful for the next twelve days, but in the -meanwhile granulated healthily, except at its apex, where by the aid of -a mirror and probe a spot about the size of a pin’s head was noticed -which caused the greatest agony on being touched. Incision of the nerve -produced permanent relief. - -_Treatment._--The treatment naturally depends very much upon the cause. -A thorough examination of the socket should be made with probe and -mirror. When due to incomplete extraction, another attempt, if -considered advisable, may be made to remove the tooth. This proving -unsuccessful, the socket should be swabbed with an anodyne drug and, if -there is an exposed pulp in the remaining portion of the tooth, the pulp -should be touched with fuming nitric acid or strong carbolic acid. The -patient should also be advised to use some poppy head fomentation.[18] - -In _too rapid healing of the orifice of the socket_, the freshly healed -surface must be separated, the socket syringed out, and a small tent of -lint allowed to remain in the orifice for about twelve hours. An -antiseptic mouth wash should also be prescribed. - -In those cases _where the pus is putrid_ and there is reason to suspect -infection, the socket should be thoroughly syringed with some antiseptic -such as hyd. perchlor. 1 in 1,000, carbolic acid 1 in 40; following this -the parts should be carefully dried with cotton-wool. A small piece of -chloride of zinc should then be introduced and allowed to dissolve in -the socket, which must be subsequently kept aseptic by constant -irrigation with some antiseptic solution. - -Suppuration is most frequently seen after extraction of the lower teeth -owing to the fact that drainage is less easily effected than in the -upper, owing to the dependent position of the socket. In many cases it -will be found necessary to plug the socket tightly with non-absorbent -cotton-wool dipped in an antiseptic solution; this prevents the -accumulation of _débris_ which would act as an irritant. In cases of -_suppuration occurring in patients of diminished vitality_ a tonic form -of treatment should be prescribed;[19] the dressing in the socket should -be removed two or three times a day and the socket syringed. - -Care must be exercised in applying escharotics to sockets to which the -nerve may be in close proximity; this is especially necessary in dealing -with impacted lower third molars. Two cases illustrating this point have -come under my notice. In the first a second lower bicuspid with a long -standing chronic abscess had been removed. The patient complained of -pain, the socket was syringed out and a small piece of chloride of zinc -inserted. Intense agonizing pain followed which all local anodynes -failed to relieve. In the second case an impacted right lower third -molar had been removed. The socket suppurated, and the pain although -severe was not intense. Treatment similar to that used in the first case -was adopted with similar results. Since then in all cases where it is -possible that the trunk of the nerve may be in close proximity to the -socket, I have used non-irritating antiseptic injections and plugged -the socket with cotton-wool dipped in tincture of opium with much more -satisfactory results. - -It is advisable to inform the patient of the possibility of pain -following the extraction of a tooth, especially after periodontitis, and -in all cases where a large number of teeth have been extracted a -mouth-wash[20] should be prescribed; for, even if there is no pain, it -will prevent the discharge from the sockets of the teeth undergoing -putrefactive changes. - -_In pain due to necrosis of the socket_ deodorant antiseptic injections -must be used, while in extensive laceration of the soft and hard parts -an anodyne mouth-wash[21] may be tried. In all _obscure cases_ an -application should be made to the socket of some local anodyne such as -tincture of opium or cocaine, and a mouth wash having similar -properties should at the same time be prescribed. - - -(4) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ ARISING DURING EXTRACTION -UNDER ANÆSTHETICS. - -(_a_) =Tongue slipping back.=--During extraction under anæsthetics the -tongue not being under control may slip over the larynx, or may be -forcibly pushed back by the fingers of the operator. Symptoms of -difficult breathing or even arrest of respiration will follow this -accident. It is not enough to watch the chest walls, as respiratory -movement may continue without air entering the lungs. Treatment consists -in pulling the tongue forcibly forward with a suitable instrument and -forcibly extending the head on the spinal column. - -(b) =Forcing out a tooth with a prop or a Mason’s gag.=--With a prop this -accident may arise from resting it upon teeth which are loose or from -placing it in such a way that undue leverage is brought to bear on the -teeth. It is an accident most likely to occur when the prop is fixed on -the front teeth and the mouth opened to its widest extent. Under such -conditions undue leverage at right angles to the long axis of the tooth -is brought to bear upon the palatal surfaces of the upper teeth and they -are consequently forced outwards. With a Mason’s gag the accident is -due at times to clumsiness; great care should therefore be exercised -when using this very powerful instrument. If a tooth is forced out it -should if possible be immediately replaced. - -(_c_) =Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces.=--A -foreign body, such as a tooth, a broken piece of forceps or a prop, -passing through the isthmus of the fauces may become impacted in either -the air or food passages. - -In the air passages it may lodge (1) over the entrance of the larynx, -(2) in the larynx, (3) in the trachea or bronchus. - -In the food passages it may lodge (1) in the pharynx, (2) in the -œsophagus, (3) at the pyloric opening of the stomach. - -_In the air passages._--Should the foreign body lodge _over the entrance -of or in the larynx_ the patient will be seized with a violent fit of -coughing which may expel it; but, should this not happen, symptoms of -asphyxia will supervene. With regard to treatment; the head should -immediately be brought forward and the finger inserted along the side of -the mouth into the pharynx, and then given a forward sweeping movement; -by this means the foreign body, if lodged at the back of the tongue, -will probably be removed. This failing, the patient must if possible be -inverted and a forcible slap given on the back. If the foreign body is -not dislodged by this method, laryngotomy should be immediately -performed. There must be no hesitation about the performance of this -operation and it must be carried out promptly, for the longer it is -delayed the less becomes the chance of saving the life of the patient. - -_A foreign body in the trachea or bronchus_ may give rise to no -immediate symptoms, but generally a violent fit of coughing, with signs -of impending asphyxia, takes place at the time of the accident. These -signs pass away, to be followed at intervals by fresh attacks of -coughing and eventually by symptoms of collapse of the lung or lungs. - -In a case recorded by Sir William MacCormac,[22] during the removal of -an upper bicuspid the palatine blade of the forceps snapped off close to -the joint and disappeared. The patient immediately suffered from great -dyspnœa and appeared to be dying. The symptoms passed away, and for the -following six weeks the patient’s condition gave no great cause for -anxiety, although she suffered from a constant hacking cough accompanied -by bloody expectoration. Seven weeks after the accident she was admitted -into St. Thomas’s Hospital, the foreign body was with difficulty removed -from the right bronchus, and the patient made an excellent recovery. - -_The diagnosis of a foreign body in one bronchus_ is made by an absence -of signs of respiration over the whole or part of the lung on that side, -with exaggerated sounds (puerile breathing) over the opposite side. -Treatment consists in performing tracheotomy and removing the foreign -body. - -_In the food passages._--_A foreign body impacted in the pharynx_ will -give rise to pain, symptoms of dysphagia and dyspnœa. A hacking cough is -generally present. - -Should a foreign body be suspected in the pharynx, its presence can -usually be ascertained by digital exploration; this failing, the cavity -should be examined by the aid of a laryngoscope. - -An attempt should first be made to remove the body with the fingers, and -if this is unsuccessful pharyngeal forceps must be called into use. In -some cases where the impaction is very firm it may be necessary to -perform pharyngotomy. - -_A foreign body in the œsophagus_ will cause dysphagia, and will -probably give rise to constant pain; if it is situated in the upper part -it will in all probability give rise to dyspnœa. On applying the -stethoscope over the region of the œsophagus, a gurgling sound will be -heard when the patient swallows fluids. The presence of a foreign body -may be definitely ascertained by passing a bougie; this step will also -enable the surgeon to determine the position in which the foreign body -is lodged. - -_If impacted in the upper part of the œsophagus_, an attempt may be made -to remove the impacted body with forceps; this failing, œsophagotomy -must be performed. - -_If lodged near the cardiac end of the œsophagus_ an attempt may be made -with a bougie to push the foreign body into the stomach; this failing, -gastrotomy should be performed. - -_If a foreign body becomes impacted at the pyloric opening_ of the -stomach, it will give rise to gastric dilatation. Under such -circumstances the stomach must be emptied of its contents, and -gastrotomy then performed. - -A foreign body going through the isthmus of the fauces will as a rule -pass into the œsophagus, then into the stomach, and will give rise to no -trouble. - -The details of such operations as gastrotomy, œsophagotomy, &c., do not -lie within the scope of this book, and should be sought for in works -dealing with general surgery. - -The necessity of being ready for such emergencies as the above cannot be -too fully emphasised, and all who administer anæsthetics should be -provided with the instruments necessary to perform laryngotomy. These -should be kept in a little case, and no anæsthetic should be -administered without the case being near at hand. Adherence to this rule -is important. - - -(5) MISCELLANEOUS DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ. - -(_a_) =Uterine pain.=--A case is quoted by Mr. Sercombe where extraction -of a tooth was followed by paroxysmal uterine pain, followed by the cure -of an obstinate leucorrhœa.[23] - -(_b_) =Shock.=--The fact that _tooth extraction is a surgical operation_, -and may be followed by shock, is often overlooked. The amount of shock -which follows as a rule is practically _nil_, but at times, especially -in the weak, it may be well marked. This is not taken sufficiently into -account when a question arises as to the number of teeth to be extracted -at one sitting, and it should be clearly borne in mind that what a -strong, able-bodied person, can stand, one of weaker physique cannot -bear. The _wholesale extraction of teeth at one sitting_ which is -carried out by some operators is not advisable, and the amount of -prostration that follows is sometimes very severe. - -_Syncope at the time of the operation_ sometimes occurs. Should it -supervene during the extraction of the tooth the operator should -immediately desist until recovery ensues. Fainting is best treated by -bending the head down towards the knees, at the same time loosening -anything tight about the neck and applying ordinary salts of ammonia to -the nose. _In severe cases_ the patient should be removed from the chair -and laid on the floor, and the chest should be exposed and flipped with -a towel dipped in cold water. _In more severe cases_ it may be necessary -to inject ether or some other stimulant, such as brandy. _Fatal syncope_ -following tooth extraction has occurred, and a case which took place at -Marseilles in 1881 is mentioned by Tomes.[24] The patient was a female, -and an attempt was made to remove a tooth, but was desisted in owing to -alarming syncope. A second attempt was made, or rather about to be made, -when fatal syncope ensued. _Post-mortem_ examination showed nothing -beyond a slight amount of cerebral congestion. - -(_c_) =Epilepsy.=--In those pre-disposed to epilepsy an attack often -commences immediately after the extraction of a tooth. In the event of a -fit occurring the patient should be removed from the chair and placed on -the floor, the clothes being at the same time loosened, and a wedge of -wood or some suitable material placed between the teeth to prevent -injury to the tongue. - -(_d_) =Hysteria.=--Manifestations of this disorder at times follow tooth -extraction, but do not call for any special treatment beyond that -usually adopted for this disorder. - -(_e_) =Septic and infective sequelæ.=--Scattered through dental literature -will be found a large number of records of septic and infective diseases -which have followed the extraction of teeth. In many of these cases it -would be difficult to say that the infection was always the result of -the operation; in a number of them the actual cause was due to the -neglected condition of the tooth which called for extraction. Infection -can, however, at times undoubtedly be traced to the operation, and once -again attention cannot be too strongly drawn to the fact that antiseptic -precautions should be carried out as far as possible. - -Suppuration of the socket and its appropriate treatment has already been -dwelt upon (page 82). Cases of syphilis having been acquired through the -use of infected forceps are recorded, while septicæmia, sapræmia, -cellulitis, osteitis, osteomyelitis, periostitis, pyæmia, tetanus, have -all been known to follow the removal of a tooth, but the treatment of -these conditions hardly lies within the scope of this book. - - - - -INDEX. - - -A - PAGE - -Abnormality of upper molars, 26 - -ACCIDENTS UNDER ANÆSTHETICS:-- - Forcing out a tooth with a prop or a Mason’s gag, 88 - Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces, 89 - Tongue slipping back, 88 - -Alveoli of the teeth, disposition of the, 12 - -Alveolus, fracture of the, during extraction, 67 - - “ “ “ “ treatment of, 69 - - “ necrosis of the, following extraction, 70 - -Anæsthetics, the use of, during the extraction of teeth, 56 - -Arteries, injury to the, in the neighbourhood of the - tooth during extraction, 81 - - -B - -Bicuspids, the extraction of lower, 34 - - “ “ “ “ misplaced lower, 51 - - “ “ “ “ “ upper, 49 - - “ “ “ “ upper, 22 - -Breaking one tooth in extracting another, 67 - -Bruising the lower lips during extraction, 74 - - -C - -Canines, the extraction of lower, 34 - - “ “ “ “ upper, 21 - -Central incisors, the extraction of lower, 33, 51 - - “ “ “ “ “ upper, 19 - -Chloride of ethyl, 61 - -Chloroform, the use of, during the extraction of the teeth, 56, 57 - -Cocaine, mode of employment, 60 - - “ toxic effects, 61 - -COMPLICATIONS, DIFFICULTIES AND SEQUELÆ OF EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH:-- - Complications, difficulties, and sequelæ arising during extraction, - miscellaneous, 94 - Complications, difficulties and sequelæ arising during extraction - under anæsthetics, 88 - Complications, difficulties and sequelæ of extraction of the teeth - connected with the jaws, 67 - Complications, difficulties and sequelæ of extraction of the teeth - connected with the soft tissues, 72 - Complications, difficulties and sequelæ of extraction of the teeth - connected with the teeth themselves, 63 - -Coryl, 61 - - -D - -DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ ARISING DURING EXTRACTION, - MISCELLANEOUS:-- - Epilepsy, 94 - Hysteria, 94 - Septic and infective sequelæ, 95 - Shock, 93 - Uterine pain, 93 - -DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ ARISING DURING EXTRACTION - UNDER ANÆSTHETICS:-- - Tongue slipping back, 88 - Forcing a tooth out with a prop or Mason’s gag, 88 - Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces, 89 - -DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ CONNECTED WITH THE JAWS:-- - Dislocation of the mandible, 70 - Forcing a root into the antrum, 71 - Forcing a tooth into an abscess cavity, 72 - Fracture, 67 - “ treatment of, 69 - Necrosis, 70 - Trismus, 72 - -DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ CONNECTED WITH THE TEETH - THEMSELVES:-- - Breaking one tooth in extracting another, 67 - Crowded and irregular teeth, 65 - Fracture of the tooth, 64 - The removal of a neighbouring tooth, 66 - “ “ an unerupted bicuspid, 66 - “ “ the wrong tooth, 66 - Undue resistance of the tooth and alveolus, 63 - -DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ IN CONNECTION WITH THE - SOFT TISSUES:-- - Bruising the lower lips, 74 - Extensive laceration of the gum, 72 - Hæmorrhage following tooth-extraction, 74 - “ “ “ treatment of, 76 - Injury of the arteries in the neighbourhood of the teeth, 81 - Injury of the mandibular nerve, 74 - Pain following tooth extraction, 81 - Wounding the tongue, 73 - -Disposition of the alveoli of the teeth, 12 - - -E - -Elevator, 7 - -Epilepsy, attack of, following tooth extraction, 94 - -Ethyl, chloride of, 61 - -Extraction of impacted lower third molars, 54 - - “ “ individual teeth, 19 - - “ “ lower bicuspids, 34 - - “ “ “ canines, 34 - - “ “ “ incisors, 33 - - “ “ “ molars, 35 - - “ “ “ teeth, 30 - - “ “ misplaced lower bicuspids, 51 - - “ “ “ “ incisors, 51 - - “ “ “ teeth, 46 - - “ “ “ upper bicuspids, 49 - - “ “ “ “ canines, 48 - - “ “ “ “ central incisors, 47 - - “ “ “ “ lateral “, 47 - - “ “ temporary teeth, 17, 43 - -Extraction of upper bicuspids, 22 - - “ “ “ canines, 21 - - “ “ “ incisors, 19 - - “ “ “ molars, 23 - - “ “ “ teeth, 19 - - “ “ the teeth, general principles of, 1 - - “ with forceps, 14 - - -F - -Forceps, holding of, 6 - -Forceps, the, 3 - -Forcing a root into the antrum during tooth extraction, 71 - - “ “ tooth into an abscess cavity during tooth extraction, 72 - - “ out a tooth with a prop or a Mason’s gag, accidents - under anæsthetics, 88 - -Fracture of the alveolus during tooth extraction, 67 - - “ “ “ “ treatment of, 69 - - “ “ “ tooth during tooth extraction, 64 - -Freezing agents, local anæsthetics, 61 - - -G - -General principles of extraction of the teeth, 1 - -Gum, extensive laceration of the, during tooth extraction, 72 - - -H - -Hæmorrhage following tooth extraction, 74 - - “ “ “ “ treatment of, 76 - -Hewitt, Dr., on the toxic effects of cocaine, 61 - - “ “ “ “ use of chloroform in operations, 57 - -Holding of elevator, 9 - - “ “ the forceps, 6 - -Hysteria, attack of, following tooth extraction, 94 - - -I - -Impacted lower third molars, the extraction of, 54 - -Incisors, the extraction of lower, 33 - - “ “ “ “ misplaced lower, 51 - - “ “ “ “ “ upper central, 47 - - “ “ “ “ “ “ lateral, 47 - -Incisors, the extraction of upper, 19 - -Individual teeth, the extraction of, 19 - -Injury of the arteries in the neighbourhood of the tooth during - extraction, 81 - - “ to the mandibular nerve during tooth extraction, 74 - -Instruments, 3 - -Irregular and crowded teeth, difficulties during extraction through, 65 - - -L - -Laceration of the gum through tooth extraction, extensive, 72 - -Lateral incisors, the extraction of misplaced upper, 47 - -Lips, bruising the lower, during tooth extraction, 74 - -Local anæsthetics, 59 - -Lower bicuspids, misplaced, the extraction of, 51 - - “ incisors, misplaced, the extraction of, 51 - - “ “ the extraction of, 33 - - “ teeth, the extraction of, 30 - - “ third molars, impacted, the extraction of, 54 - - -M - -Mandible, Dislocation of the, during tooth extraction, 70 - -Mandibular nerve, injury to the, during tooth extraction, 74 - -Miscellaneous complications, difficulties and sequelæ, 93 - -Misplaced lower bicuspids, the extraction of, 51 - - “ “ incisors, the extraction of, 51 - - “ teeth, the extraction of, 49 - - “ upper bicuspids, the extraction of, 49 - - “ “ canines “ “, 48 - - “ “ central incisors, the extraction of, 47 - - “ “ lateral “ “, 47 - -Molars, impacted lower third, 54 - - “ the extraction of lower, 35 - - “ “ “ upper, 23 - - -N - -Necrosis of the alveolus following tooth extraction, 70 - -Nitrous oxide, the use of, during the extraction of the teeth, 56, 57, 58 - -Nitrous oxide with air, the use of, during the extraction of - the teeth, 56, 57, 58 - - -O - -“Oblique rooted” molars, 26 - -Operations requiring a long anæsthesia, 57 - -Order of removal of teeth, 59 - - -P - -Pain following tooth extraction, 83 - -Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces, - accidents under anæsthetics, 89 - -Points in the anatomy of the teeth and jaws, 11 - -Position of the operator and patient, 10 - - -R - -Removal of a neighbouring tooth during extraction, 66 - - “ “ an unerupted bicuspid “ “, 66 - - “ “ teeth, the order of, under anæsthetics, 59 - - “ “ “ with straight elevator, 15 - - “ “ the wrong tooth during tooth extraction, 66 - - -S - -Screw, the, 9 - -Septic and infective sequelæ following extraction, 95 - -Sequelæ, difficulties and complications arising during - extraction, miscellaneous, 93 - -Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, arising during - extraction under anæsthetics, 88 - -Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, of extraction - of the teeth connected with the jaws, 67 - -Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, of extraction - of the teeth connected with the soft parts, 72 - -Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, of extraction - of the teeth connected with the teeth themselves, 63 - -Shock following extraction, 93 - - -T - -Teeth, general principles of extraction of the teeth, 1 - - “ which require extraction, 1 - -Temporary teeth, the extraction of, 17, 43 - -Tongue slipping back, accidents under anæsthetics, 88 - -Treatment of fracture of the alveolus during tooth extraction, 69 - -Treatment of hæmorrhage following tooth extraction, 76 - -Trismus, treatment of, 72 - - -U - -Undue resistance of the tooth and alveolus, 63 - -Upper bicuspids, misplaced, the extraction of, 49 - - “ canines, misplaced, the extraction of, 48 - - “ central incisor, misplaced, the extraction of, 47 - - “ lateral “ “ “ “ “, 47 - - “ teeth, the extraction of, 19 - -Use of anæsthetics during the extraction of the teeth, 56 - -Uterine pain following tooth extraction, 93 - - -W - -Wounding the tongue during tooth extraction, 73 - -Wound resulting from removal of a tooth, 16 - - * * * * * - - DISEASES AND INJURIES - OF THE TEETH, - - _Including Pathology and Treatment_, - - A Manual of Practical Dentistry for Students - and Practitioners. - - BY - - MORTON SMALE, M.R.C.S., L.S.A., L.D.S., - - Dental Surgeon to St. Mary’s Hospital; Dean of the - School, Dental Hospital of London; Member of Board - of Examiners in Dental Surgery, Royal College of - Surgeons of England. - - AND - - J. F. COLYER, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., L.D.S., - - Dental Surgeon and Lecturer on Dental Surgery to - Charing Cross Hospital and to the Dental Hospital - of London. - - 334 illustrations. 407 pp. and Index. 8vo, cloth. - - Price 15s. - - SUPPLIED BY - - CLAUDIUS ASH & SONS, Limited, - - 5, 6, 7, 8, & 9, BROAD STREET, GOLDEN SQUARE, LONDON, W. - - ENGLAND. - - -FOOTNOTES: - - [1] A description of the different instruments in general use for the - removal of the various teeth will be found in chapter ii. - - [2] A description of the form of each tooth, with respect to its - bearing upon the construction of forceps and its removal, will be - found in chapter ii. - - [3] The following is a useful formula:-- - - ℞ Liquoris potassæ Ʒvi. - Acidi carbolici glacialis Ʒij. - Aquam ad. ℥viii. - - _M._ One teaspoonful to be used with half a tumbler-full of warm water - as a mouth wash. - - [4] “A System of Surgery” (edited by Frederick Treves), vol. i., page - 292. - - [5] “Dental Pathology and Surgery,” page 340. - - [6] _Transactions Odontological Society_, vol. iii., page 138. - - [7] _Transactions Odontological Society_, vol. xxviii., page 3. - - [8] _Journal British Dental Association_, vol. xiv., page 727. - - [9] - - ℞ Acidi gallici Ʒij. - Ft. pulv. viij. - - One powder every two hours until the hæmorrhage ceases. - - [10] Perchloride of iron should be avoided as a styptic, it nearly - always contains some free acid, and is therefore detrimental to the - teeth; in addition to this it leads to extensive clotting in the - veins, as well as to a certain amount of sloughing of the gums. - - [11] - - ℞ Acidi gallici Ʒij. - Ft. pulv. viij. - - One powder every two hours until the hæmorrhage ceases. - - [12] - - ℞ Liq. ferri perchloridi ♏xxv. - Aquæ chloroformi Ʒij. - Aquam ad ℥j. - Mitte ℥viij. - - M. Two tablespoonfuls every three hours until the hæmorrhage ceases. - - [13] - - ℞ Ext. ergotæ liquidi ♏xx. - Acidi sulphurici diluti ♏x. - Aquam rosæ ad. ℥j. - Mitte ℥viij. - - M. Two tablespoonfuls every three hours until the hæmorrhage ceases. - - [14] Injectio ergotini hypodermica B.P.: 1 of ergotine to 2 of camphor - water. Dose 3 to 10 minims, made as required. - - [15] _Dental Record_, vol. xi., p. 425. - - [16] Common salt, Ʒj., water 0j. at 99° F. - - [17] _Transactions of the Odontological Society_, vol. xxvii., page - 123. - - [18] Two ounces of poppy heads should be placed in one pint of boiling - water, the water being boiled down to half a pint. - - [19] - - ℞ Ferri et quiniæ citratis gr. vi. - Aquæ chloroformi Ʒij. - Infusum quassiæ ad. ℥i. - Mitte ℥viij. - - M. Two tablespoonfuls three times a day after meals. - - [20] The following will be found useful:-- - - ℞ Boro-glyceride (Barff) } - Eau de Cologne } aa. Ʒiv. - Tinct. krameriæ } - Spirit vini. rect. ad. ℥iv. - ♏ Fiat lotio. - - To be used with water as a mouth wash. Shake before using. - - [21] - - ℞ Zinci sulphatis gr. viij. - Zinci chloridi gr. vi. - Morphinæ acetatis gr. ij. - Aquam ad. ℥viij. - ♏ Fiat lotio. - - To be used with an equal quantity of water as a mouth-wash. - - [22] _The Journal of the British Dental Association_, vol. vii., page - 32. - - [23] _British Journal Dental Science_, vol. iii., page 221. - - [24] “A System of Dental Surgery,” 3rd edition, page 626. - - - - - - - - -End of Project Gutenberg's Extraction of the Teeth, by J. F. Colyer - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH *** - -***** This file should be named 52720-0.txt or 52720-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/2/7/2/52720/ - -Produced by deaurider, Chuck Greif and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/52720-0.zip b/old/52720-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 264e259..0000000 --- a/old/52720-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h.zip b/old/52720-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5f51978..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/52720-h.htm b/old/52720-h/52720-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index fe81180..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/52720-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3335 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" -"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> - -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en"> - <head> <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> -<title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of Extraction of The Teeth, by J. F. Colyer. -</title> -<style type="text/css"> - p {margin-top:.2em;text-align:justify;margin-bottom:.2em;text-indent:4%;} - -b {font-weight:bold;font-size:110%;} - -.bl {border-left:1px solid black;} - -.c {text-align:center;text-indent:0%;} - -.cb {text-align:center;text-indent:0%;font-weight:bold;} - -.ditto {margin:auto 1em auto 1em;} - -.eng {font-family: "Old English Text MT",fantasy,sans-serif;} - -td {text-indent:-2%;margin-left:2%;} - -.letra {font-size:110%;font-weight:bold;font-family:sans-serif, serif; -padding-left:2em;} - -.lettre {padding-top:1em;} - -.nind {text-indent:0%;} - -.rt {text-align:right;} - -.lt {text-align:left;font-size:70%;} - -small {font-size: 70%;} - -.spc{margin-left:4em;margin-right:4em;} -.spc1{margin-right:4em;} - -.subhd {font-family:sans-serif, serif;} - -big {font-size: 200%;} - - h1 {margin-top:5%;text-align:center;clear:both;} - - h2 {margin-top:4%;margin-bottom:2%;text-align:center;clear:both; - font-size:120%;} - - h3 {margin-top:1em;margin-bottom:1em;text-align:center;clear:both; - font-size:120%;} - - hr {width:90%;margin:2em auto 2em auto;clear:both;color:black;} - - hr.full {width: 60%;margin:2% auto 2% auto;border-top:1px solid black; -padding:.1em;border-bottom:1px solid black;border-left:none;border-right:none;} - - table {margin-top:2%;margin-bottom:2%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;border:none;} - - body{margin-left:4%;margin-right:6%;background:#ffffff;color:black;font-family:"Times New Roman", serif;font-size:medium;} - -a:link {background-color:#ffffff;color:blue;text-decoration:none;} - - link {background-color:#ffffff;color:blue;text-decoration:none;} - -a:visited {background-color:#ffffff;color:purple;text-decoration:none;} - -a:hover {background-color:#ffffff;color:#FF0000;text-decoration:underline;} - -.smcap {font-variant:small-caps;font-size:100%;} - - img {border:none;} - - sup {font-size:75%;vertical-align:top;} - -.caption {font-weight:bold;} -.caption p {font-size:70%;text-indent:0%;text-align:center;} - -.figcenter {margin-top:3%;margin-bottom:3%;clear:both; -margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;text-align:center;text-indent:0%;} - @media print, handheld - {.figcenter - {page-break-before: avoid;} - } - -.figleft {float:left;clear:left;margin-left:0;margin-bottom:1em;margin-top:1em;margin-right:1em;padding:0;text-align:center;} - -.figright {float:right;clear:right;margin-left:1em;margin-bottom:1em;margin-top:1em;margin-right:0;padding:0;text-align:center;} - -.footnotes {border:dotted 3px gray;margin-top:5%;clear:both;} - -.footnote {width:95%;margin:auto 3% 1% auto;font-size:0.9em;position:relative;} - -.label {position:relative;left:-.5em;top:0;text-align:left;font-size:.8em;} - -.fnanchor {vertical-align:30%;font-size:.8em;} - -.pagenum {font-style:normal;position:absolute; -left:95%;font-size:55%;text-align:right;color:gray; -background-color:#ffffff;font-variant:normal;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;text-decoration:none;text-indent:0em;} -@media print, handheld -{.pagenum - {display: none;} - } -</style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Extraction of the Teeth, by J. F. Colyer - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - - -Title: Extraction of the Teeth - -Author: J. F. Colyer - -Release Date: August 4, 2016 [EBook #52720] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH *** - - - - -Produced by deaurider, Chuck Greif and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - -<hr class="full" /> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="330" height="500" alt="[Image of the book's cover -unavailable.]" /> -</div> - -<p class="cb">EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_i" id="page_i"></a>{i}</span> </p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_ii" id="page_ii"></a>{ii}</span> </p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_iii" id="page_iii"></a>{iii}</span> </p> - -<h1>EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH</h1> - -<p class="cb">BY -<br /> -J. F. COLYER, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. L.D.S. -<br /> -<small><i>Dental Surgeon and Lecturer on Dental Surgery to Charing Cross Hospital:<br /> -Assistant Dental Surgeon to the Dental Hospital of London</i></small><br /> -<br /> -<br /> -<span class="eng">London</span>:<br /> -CLAUDIUS ASH & SONS, <span class="smcap">Limited</span>,<br /> -5, 6, 7, 8 AND 9, BROAD STREET, GOLDEN SQUARE, W.<br /> -—<br /> -1896<br /> -</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_iv" id="page_iv"></a>{iv}</span> </p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_v" id="page_v"></a>{v}</span> </p> - -<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> - -<tr><th class="c" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></th></tr> - -<tr><td> </td><td class="rt"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">The General Principles of Extraction of the -Teeth</span></td><td class="rt" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_001">1</a></td></tr> - -<tr><th class="c" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.</a></th></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">The Extraction of Individual Teeth</span></td><td class="rt" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><th class="c" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.</a></th></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">The Extraction of Misplaced Teeth</span></td><td class="rt" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_046">46</a></td></tr> - -<tr><th class="c" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.</a></th></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">The use of Anæsthetics During Extraction of The Teeth</span></td><td class="rt" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_056">56</a></td></tr> - -<tr><th class="c" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.</a></th></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Difficulties, Complications, and Sequelæ of Extraction -of the Teeth</span></td><td class="rt" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_063">63</a></td></tr> -<tr><td> </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="#INDEX"><span class="smcap">Index</span></a>: -<a href="#A">A</a>, -<a href="#B">B</a>, -<a href="#C">C</a>, -<a href="#D">D</a>, -<a href="#E">E</a>, -<a href="#F">F</a>, -<a href="#G">G</a>, -<a href="#H">H</a>, -<a href="#I-i">I</a>, -<a href="#L">L</a>, -<a href="#M">M</a>, -<a href="#N">N</a>, -<a href="#O">O</a>, -<a href="#P">P</a>, -<a href="#R">R</a>, -<a href="#S">S</a>, -<a href="#T">T</a>, -<a href="#U">U</a>, -<a href="#W">W</a>.</td><td class="rt" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_096">96</a></td></tr> -</table> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_vi" id="page_vi"></a>{vi}</span> </p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_001" id="page_001"></a>{1}</span> </p> - -<h1>EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH.</h1> - -<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /> -———<br /> -<span class="subhd">The General Principles of Extraction of the Teeth.</span></h2> - -<p><span class="smcap">As</span> an operation, extraction of teeth is fortunately becoming more rare, -but even now large numbers are needlessly sacrificed, in many cases -owing to ignorance on the part of the patient of the value of the teeth, -at times to lack of knowledge on the part of both operator and patient -of the modern methods of conservative dentistry. With the assistance of -antiseptics in the treatment of root-canals, and the increase in -knowledge of the methods of filling and crowning teeth, it is now -possible to retain many which would in former days have been -extracted—indeed it may be said with truth that all teeth and many -roots are capable of being saved and rendered useful, with the exception -of—</p> - -<p>(1) Those teeth whose roots are much shortened by absorption.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_002" id="page_002"></a>{2}</span></p> - -<p>(2) Those teeth from which the alveolar process has disappeared to such -an extent as to leave them quite loose; and</p> - -<p>(3) Those teeth attacked with chronic periodontitis, which, in spite of -treatment, tends to become worse.</p> - -<p>Special circumstances naturally alter cases; for instance, with patients -the subjects of nervous prostration, or feeble in health, a lengthy -operation is often contra-indicated, and under such conditions -extraction may be preferable to the lengthy and tedious processes of -conservative treatment. Another indication for extraction is in cases of -teeth setting up or aggravating ulceration of the tongue, lips, or other -soft parts of the mouth. Teeth fractured in a longitudinal direction -should generally be removed, and the same rule applies to those which -are so misplaced as to be incapable of being brought into the normal -arch. In crowded conditions of the teeth extraction is often called for, -and under such circumstances is really conservative treatment.</p> - -<p>If extraction be determined upon, <i>a careful examination of the tooth</i> -to be removed should be made. This will allow some idea to be formed of -the amount of sound tissue present, and also of the force which will be -necessary for the dislodgment of the tooth. In the case of roots, the -edges must be defined, and for this purpose a blunt probe,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_003" id="page_003"></a>{3}</span> similar in -pattern to that shown in <a href="#fig_1">fig. 1</a> will be found useful.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_1" id="fig_1"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 88px;"> -<a href="images/i_p003_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p003_sml.jpg" width="88" height="237" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 1.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><b>Instruments.</b>—The instruments in general use for the removal of teeth -are forceps and elevators. <i>The Forceps</i> is an amplified pair of pincers -or pliers. It is made up of three parts, namely, the blades or portions -beyond the joint which are applied to the tooth, the joint itself, and -the handles. Forceps should be made of fine steel, should be light and -yet strong enough to withstand without bending any strain that may be -put upon them.<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> The blades should be shaped to fit the tooth they are -intended to remove, and they should be clear of the crown when applied. -On longitudinal section a blade should present a thin wedge-shaped -appearance. Two kinds of joints are met with. In the first variety one -half of the forceps passes through a slot in the other, the two being -held together by a rivet passing through the centre (<a href="#fig_2">fig. 2</a>). In the -second variety (<a href="#fig_3">fig. 3</a>) the two halves are held together side by side by -a<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_004" id="page_004"></a>{4}</span> screw or pin which takes the entire strain. Most forceps of English -manufacture are made on the latter plan, which has the advantage of -permitting the instrument to be easily cleaned; it also allows a slight -lateral movement of the two halves—a point of some practical -importance. It is urged against this style of joint that it is weak; in -practice, however, this is not found to be the case.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_2" id="fig_2"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_3" id="fig_3"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 216px;"> -<a href="images/i_p004_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p004_sml.jpg" width="216" height="170" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 2.</span> -<span class="spc"> </span> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 3.</span></p></div> -</div> - - - -<p>The handles should be of a size and shape to lie comfortably in the palm -of the hand, and should be in such relation to the blades that when the -latter are applied in the direction of the long axis of the tooth, the -handles clear the lips.</p> - -<p>As a general rule, in forceps designed for the removal of the anterior -teeth in the maxilla, the blades and handles are in the same line (<a href="#fig_4">fig. -4</a>),<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_005" id="page_005"></a>{5}</span></p> - -<p><a name="fig_4" id="fig_4"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_5" id="fig_5"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 247px;"> -<a href="images/i_p005_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p005_sml.jpg" width="247" height="338" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 4.</span> -<span class="spc"> </span> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 5.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p class="nind">while for the upper back teeth the handles form a curve of greater or -less extent with the blades (<a href="#fig_5">fig. 5</a>). In forceps for the lower teeth the -blades are bent down from the handles to an angle of nearly ninety -degrees. In one class, namely, the hawk’s-bill, when the blades are -applied to the tooth the handles are at right angles to the line of<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_006" id="page_006"></a>{6}</span> the -arch (<a href="#fig_6">fig. 6</a>), while in other classes the handles are in line with the -arch (<a href="#fig_7">fig. 7</a>).</p> - -<p><a name="fig_6" id="fig_6"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_7" id="fig_7"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 257px;"> -<a href="images/i_p006_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p006_sml.jpg" width="257" height="329" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 6.</span> -<span class="spc"> </span> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 7.</span> -</p></div> -</div> - - -<p>The manner of holding forceps is shown in <a href="#fig_8">figs. 8</a>, <a href="#fig_9"> 9</a>, <a href="#fig_10"> 10</a>. The handles -should rest comfortably in the palmar surface of the hand, and in such a -manner that the end of one handle rests between the thenar and -hypothenar eminences—a portion<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_007" id="page_007"></a>{7}</span> of the hand where force can be applied -with advantage.</p> - -<p>The thumb placed between the handles acts as a regulator to control the -amount of pressure of the blades upon the tooth. As a precaution it is -well to have the ball of the thumb well between the handles, so that the -pressure is counteracted not only by the soft tissues, but also by the -terminal bony phalanx of the thumb. If this precaution be not observed, -any sudden crushing of the tooth may be accompanied by a severe and very -painful contusion of the operator’s thumb.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_8" id="fig_8"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 154px;"> -<a href="images/i_p007_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p007_sml.jpg" width="154" height="247" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 8.</span></p> - -<p>Mode of holding forceps for the removal of upper teeth.</p></div> -</div> - -<p><i>The Elevator</i> consists of two parts—the handle and the blade. The -former, usually made of wood or ivory, is about four inches in length -and of a shape suitable to allow a firm grip being obtained of it by the -hand. The blade is made of fine steel, and is about two inches long. -Elevators are of two varieties, straight and curved. In the first form -the blade is thin,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_008" id="page_008"></a>{8}</span> about one-fifth of an inch in breadth, one surface -being made convex and the other flat. The point of the blade may be -rounded as shown in <a href="#fig_11">fig. 11</a>, or spear-shaped, as shown in <a href="#fig_12">fig. 12</a>.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_9" id="fig_9"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 246px;"> -<a href="images/i_p008a_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p008a_sml.jpg" width="246" height="148" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 9.</span></p> - -<p>Mode of holding lower “hawk’s bill” pattern forceps.</p></div> -</div> - -<p><a name="fig_10" id="fig_10"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 211px;"> -<a href="images/i_p008b_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p008b_sml.jpg" width="211" height="199" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 10.</span></p> - -<p>Mode of holding forceps of pattern shown in <a href="#fig_30">fig. 30</a>.</p></div> -</div> - -<p>In the curved variety, the terminal half inch of the steel portion of -the instrument is bent at an<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_009" id="page_009"></a>{9}</span> angle with the shaft of the instrument -(<a href="#fig_49">fig. 49</a>). The edge of the blade of an elevator should always be kept -sharp.</p> - -<p>The method of holding an elevator is shown in <a href="#fig_13">fig. 13</a>. The handle should -rest comfortably in the palm of the hand, the first finger lying along -the blade and being brought near the point so as to prevent the -instrument slipping. When using the elevator for the removal of teeth on -the right side of the mandible, the finger should lie along the curved -side of the blade, and on the flat side when extracting teeth on the -left side.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_11" id="fig_11"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_12" id="fig_12"></a></p> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 131px;"> -<a href="images/i_p009_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p009_sml.jpg" width="131" height="418" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -</div> - -<p><i>The Screw</i> (<a href="#fig_14">fig. 14</a>) is an instrument which on rare occasions is useful -for the removal of deep seated roots.</p> - -<p>After being used, instruments of every kind should be freed from all -foreign matter and then carefully sterilised.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_010" id="page_010"></a>{10}</span></p> - -<p>The next point which demands attention is the <b>position of the operator -and patient</b>. The chair should be placed before a good light, and if a -proper dental chair is not to hand an ordinary arm chair may be -utilised; failing this, two ordinary chairs may be placed back to back, -on one of which the left leg of the operator should be raised to form a -rest for the patient’s head. The patient should be placed in such an -unconstrained position as will allow the operator to exert all necessary -movements with freedom.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_13" id="fig_13"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 355px;"> -<a href="images/i_p010a_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p010a_sml.jpg" width="355" height="168" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 13.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><a name="fig_14" id="fig_14"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 261px;"> -<a href="images/i_p010b_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p010b_sml.jpg" width="261" height="56" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 14.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_011" id="page_011"></a>{11}</span></p> - -<p>The operator should place himself so as to use his force to the greatest -advantage. His left arm may be utilised, if necessary, for steadying the -movements of the patient’s head, while the fingers of the left hand can -be employed—</p> - -<p>(1) To keep the cheek and other soft parts away so as to obtain a clear -view of the tooth to be extracted and its immediate neighbours;</p> - -<p>(2) To support the mandible;</p> - -<p>(3) To grasp the alveolus and so allow some idea to be gained of the -effect of the force employed.</p> - -<p>The special positions for the removal of different teeth will be -described in chapter ii.</p> - -<p>It may be advantageous, before describing the steps of the operation of -extraction, to refer briefly to a few <b>points in the anatomy of the teeth -and jaws</b> which have a direct bearing upon the manner of carrying it out.</p> - -<p>If the teeth be examined it will be noticed that they are capable of -division into—</p> - -<p>(1) Teeth with single, rounded tapering roots;</p> - -<p>(2) Teeth with single roots more or less irregularly flattened or -curved;</p> - -<p>(3) Teeth with multiple roots.</p> - -<p>Under (1) are included the upper incisors (temporary and permanent) and -the lower bicuspids; (2) the lower incisors and canines (temporary and -permanent), and also the upper canines and<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_012" id="page_012"></a>{12}</span> bicuspids; (3) the upper and -lower molars (temporary and permanent) and frequently the first upper -bicuspids.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p> - -<p>The shape of the roots, as we shall subsequently find, has an important -bearing upon the manner in which force is to be applied when severing -them from their attachments.</p> - -<p>A correct acquaintance with the disposition of the alveoli of the teeth -is of importance for skilful and successful operating. Fig. 15 gives a -general idea of the appearance of the alveoli, but it is needless to say -that a full knowledge can only be really obtained by a careful study of -the bones themselves; by this means, too, some idea of the strength of -different portions of the alveolar borders can be obtained—a matter of -some moment when applying force in the process of removing a tooth from -its socket. The points to be specially noted in the maxilla are the -thinness of the outer alveolar wall as compared with the inner, the -prominence of the canine socket, and the cancellous character of the -bone in the region of the third molar. In the mandible the outer -alveolar border will be seen to be thinner than the inner, with the -exception of that portion in the region of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_013" id="page_013"></a>{13}</span></p> - -<p><a name="fig_15" id="fig_15"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 342px;"> -<a href="images/i_p013_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p013_sml.jpg" width="342" height="447" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 15.</span></p> - -<p>From the “American System of Dentistry.”</p></div> -</div> - -<p class="nind">third, and often of the second molar; another fact worthy of attention -is that at the posterior portion<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_014" id="page_014"></a>{14}</span> of the socket of the third molar the -bone is moderately dense.</p> - -<p><b>When performed with forceps the operation of tooth extraction may be -divided into three stages:—</b></p> - -<p>(1) Adaptation of the forceps to the tooth.</p> - -<p>(2) Destruction of its membranous connections with, and dilatation of, -the socket.</p> - -<p>(3) Removal of the tooth from the socket.</p> - -<p>In the initial stage the <i>first step</i> is the application of the blades, -and, in this connection, care must be taken to see that the points pass -between the gum and the tooth, and also that they are applied parallel -with the long axis of the root. It is, as a rule, best first to apply -the blade on the side of the tooth most obscured from view, and then -lightly to close the other upon the opposite side. The blades should -then be forcibly pressed upwards or downwards, as the case may be, in -the direction of the apex of the root; a slight rotary or wriggling -motion will often be found of assistance in the process. This “pressing” -movement should be continued until a firm hold of the root has been -obtained—a point of great importance, as upon it the successful removal -of the tooth in a large measure depends. The handles should next be -firmly closed, so as to give the blades a good grip, and the amount of -pressure applied should be such, that when movement has commenced<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_015" id="page_015"></a>{15}</span> the -blades do not ride upon the surface of the root. The amount of pressure -to be applied must naturally vary according to the character of the -tooth to be removed, and the resistance offered by the alveolar process. -The thumb placed between the handles of the forceps, as previously -pointed out, should counteract the pressure applied to the root and -prevent crushing, which, should it occur, may make the subsequent -removal very difficult.</p> - -<p>The <i>second stage</i>—the destruction of the membranous attachments and -dilatation of the socket—is accomplished by employing force in either a -rotary or a lateral direction. The movement to be employed depends upon -the form of the root or roots to be removed and the resisting strength -of the surrounding hard structures, and at this point it need only be -remarked that rotary motion is alone admissible in the case of teeth -possessing a single conical root.</p> - -<p>The <i>final stage</i> is carried out by exerting extractive force in the -direction of the long axis of the tooth, and also in that of least -resistance; the latter is determined by a knowledge of the anatomy of -the alveolar border, and by the sensation conveyed to the hand through -the forceps.</p> - -<p><b>The removal of a tooth with a straight elevator</b> is accomplished in the -following manner. The blade, with the flattened surface towards the -tooth to be removed, is inserted between the root<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_016" id="page_016"></a>{16}</span> and the alveolus, the -instrument being kept as far as possible parallel with the anterior -surface of the crown. The blade is then forced downwards so as to reach -the root at as low a point as possible; the handle of the elevator is -then rotated away from the direction in which the tooth is to be -removed. This has the effect of both raising the tooth in its socket and -displacing it in the required direction. One such movement of the -instrument rarely suffices for the removal of a tooth, a second, and -sometimes a third grip, each time nearer to the apex of the root, having -to be obtained.</p> - -<p>The method of using a curved elevator will be described in dealing with -the removal of the roots of lower molar teeth.</p> - -<p><b>The wound resulting from the removal of a tooth</b> is a lacerated one, and -heals by “granulation.” The socket immediately after the operation -becomes filled with coagulated blood, which is eventually replaced by -granulation tissue, followed at a later period by the formation of loose -cancellous bone.</p> - -<p>A varying amount of absorption of the alveolar border always follows the -removal of a tooth, the continuity in the surface of the gum being -restored by ordinary cicatricial fibrous tissue.</p> - -<p>The wound is best treated by keeping the parts carefully cleansed as far -as possible from all foreign matter, and for this purpose an antiseptic<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_017" id="page_017"></a>{17}</span> -mouth-wash<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> should be used several times a day. From the wound -resulting from the extraction of an upper tooth the discharge drains -away in a natural manner owing to the orifice being the most dependent -part. From the wound caused by the removal of a lower tooth such is not -the case, and should suppuration take place the socket must be -frequently syringed with some antiseptic solution, and if necessary, -packed.</p> - -<p><b>The Extraction of the Temporary Teeth.</b>—Although the actual details of -the extraction of the temporary teeth do not differ from those of the -permanent teeth, there are, nevertheless, one or two points to which -attention may with advantage be directed. First and foremost, a child -should not be deceived, and if it is necessary to extract a tooth, the -child should be told and not taken unawares. When, too, a child resists -having a tooth removed, the operation must not be forcibly carried out, -for by a little patience and moral suasion on the part of the operator, -the better side of a child’s nature can generally be<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_018" id="page_018"></a>{18}</span> gained. It should -also be remembered that anæsthetics are quite as needful for the -extraction of the temporary as the permanent teeth, the pain to be borne -by a child being quite as great as that to be endured by an adult.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_019" id="page_019"></a>{19}</span></p> - -<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br /> - -———<br /> -<span class="subhd">The Extraction of Individual Teeth.</span></h2> - -<p>(1)<b>UPPER TEETH.</b>—For the removal of teeth in the maxilla the patient -should be placed at such a level that the arm of the operator can, if -necessary, embrace the head of the patient with comfort. The operator -should stand at the right side of the patient, and slightly in front, -the first finger and thumb being placed on either side of the alveolus -(<a href="#fig_16">fig. 16</a>). In the event of the patient becoming restless, the arm should -be shifted so as to encircle the head and hold it firmly.</p> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Upper Incisors.</b>—The roots of both the upper central and lateral -incisors are usually cone shaped, the anterior surface being the arc of -a greater circle than that of the posterior. Forceps for the removal of -these teeth ought therefore to have the blades made in a corresponding -manner (see <a href="#fig_17">fig. 17</a>). The lateral incisor is smaller than the central, -and has at times a root somewhat flattened. In removing upper incisors -the posterior blade is applied first, care being taken to<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_020" id="page_020"></a>{20}</span></p> - -<p><a name="fig_16" id="fig_16"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 249px;"> -<a href="images/i_p020_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p020_sml.jpg" width="249" height="290" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 16.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p class="nind">see that the edge of the instrument passes between the gum and the -tooth. To dislodge these teeth a firm inward movement should be made in -a direction towards the palate, this movement being followed by one in -an outward direction. If this fails to dislodge the tooth from its -attachments, a firm rotary motion, first to the right and then to the -left, may be tried (the amount of rotation necessary being only about an -eighth of the circle represented by the circumference of the root).<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_021" id="page_021"></a>{21}</span> -Rotation is generally recommended in the first instance for the -extraction of these teeth, but the inward movement is, I think, best, -the teeth yielding more readily and with less laceration of the soft -tissues.</p> - -<p>The extraction of the roots of these teeth does not as a rule present -much difficulty. When moderately sound the instrument shown in <a href="#fig_17">fig. 17</a> -may be used, but in those instances where the root is much decayed, and -lies well below the gum margin, a rather finer pair will be found more -serviceable. The manner of removal is similar to that used when the -crown is standing.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_17" id="fig_17"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 122px;"> -<a href="images/i_p021_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p021_sml.jpg" width="122" height="329" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 17.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Upper Canines.</b>—These teeth, like the incisors, are single rooted, -but the difference between the curve of the anterior and posterior -surfaces is greater. The roots too are much longer, more firmly -implanted, and hence require more force in their removal. Forceps -similar in pattern to those used for incisors may be used, the severance -of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_022" id="page_022"></a>{22}</span> tooth from its attachments being brought about by force applied -in an inward, followed by an outward, direction. The root being more or -less three sided, rotation cannot well be adopted.</p> - -<p>The roots of canine teeth are to be removed in the same manner as that -adopted for the whole tooth.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Upper Bicuspids.</b>—The first bicuspid has usually one root -flattened and more or less longitudinally grooved on its mesial and -distal surfaces. If this grooving is much marked, it results in a -greater or less division of the root into two slender terminations. -Whether such bifurcation exists or not can seldom be determined before -operation and would not modify the method adopted, but the tendency to -this variation should be borne in mind and the lateral movement be very -gently applied. The internal and external surfaces of the root are for -all practical purposes of equal curvature.</p> - -<p>The second bicuspid has usually only one root, which is not so flattened -in the antero-posterior diameter as the first. There is also not the -same tendency to grooving or bifurcation of the root as there is in the -first bicuspid.</p> - -<p>The blades of forceps for the bicuspids should be equal segments of the -same circle; they should also be bent at an angle with the handles, so -that the latter may clear the lower lip. The forceps shown in <a href="#fig_18">fig. 18</a> is -a useful pattern. In removing<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_023" id="page_023"></a>{23}</span> an upper bicuspid, the inner blade of the -forceps should be applied first. For severing the tooth from its -attachments a slight inward movement should first be made, followed by -an outward one. If this fails to cause the socket to yield, the inward -movement may again be made, followed by an outward one, and repeated if -necessary. The removal of the tooth from its socket is to be carried out -by force applied in a downward and outward direction. It is well to -remember that the force applied to the inward should always be slight -compared to that used in the outward direction. The removal of bicuspid -roots is carried out in a manner similar to that for the whole tooth.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_18" id="fig_18"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 116px;"> -<a href="images/i_p023_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p023_sml.jpg" width="116" height="327" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 18.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>Upper Molars.</b>—The first upper molar has three roots, one internal -towards the palate (palatine), and two external (buccal); of the three -the palatine is the largest, sub-cylindrical in form, and often curved. -The two buccal roots are placed in an anterior and posterior<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_024" id="page_024"></a>{24}</span> position, -the latter being in a plane internal to the anterior one; both these -roots are somewhat flattened, and of the two the anterior is the larger. -The roots of the second molar are similar in shape to the first, but are -usually smaller. The third molar, when normal, has three roots, but very -frequently these are all fused together so as to form an abrupt tapering -cone, the point of which is often curved.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_19" id="fig_19"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 109px;"> -<a href="images/i_p024_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p024_sml.jpg" width="109" height="332" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 19.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>Owing to the disposition of the roots different forceps will be required -for the removal of upper molars on the right and left side. Of the -blades, the outer or buccal should possess two grooves, the anterior -being the broader and placed in a more external plane. This blade should -also have a slight projection between the grooved surfaces to adapt -itself to the space between the buccal roots. The inner or palatal blade -should possess only one groove. A well-made pair of upper molar forceps -should fit the neck of a first upper permanent molar accurately. The -blades should be bent at an angle with the handles, so that when in<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_025" id="page_025"></a>{25}</span> use -the latter may clear the lower lip (<a href="#fig_19">fig. 19</a>). The palatine blade should -be applied first, and in bringing the outer blade into place the point -should be kept over the groove on the buccal side of the tooth, as this -groove is a guide to the space between the outer roots. To sever these -teeth from their attachments force must be applied first slightly -inwards and then outwards, the movements being repeated if necessary, -the removal of the tooth from the socket being carried out by exerting -force in a downward and outward direction. Too much outward movement -leads to undue bending or fracture of the external alveolar plate.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_20" id="fig_20"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 109px;"> -<a href="images/i_p025_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p025_sml.jpg" width="109" height="322" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 20.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>In removing the third molars it is advisable not to have the patient’s -mouth opened to the fullest extent, as the tension of the tissues of the -cheek will thereby be lessened and a clearer view of the outer side of -the tooth thus gained. The application of the forceps is of the utmost -importance, as one is liable, unless care is taken, to include some of -the soft tissue between the blades<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_026" id="page_026"></a>{26}</span> and the tooth and so cause a painful -laceration. Force applied inwards and then outwards is generally -sufficient to loosen these teeth, their removal being carried out by a -downward and outward movement.</p> - -<p>Forceps similar to those shown in <a href="#fig_19">fig. 19</a> may be used for the removal of -the third molars, but most operators use patterns the blades of which -are similar segments of the same circle (<a href="#fig_20">fig. 20</a>).</p> - -<p><a name="fig_21" id="fig_21"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<a href="images/i_p026_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p026_sml.jpg" width="257" height="63" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><i> -a</i><span class="spc1"> </span> -<i>b</i><span class="spc1"> </span> -<i>c</i><span class="spc1"> </span> -<i>d</i><br /> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 21.</span></p></div> -<table> -<tr><td class="lt"> - (<i>a</i>) Normal upper first permanent molar.<br /> -(<i>b</i>) Oblique rooted upper first permanent molar.<br /> -(<i>c</i>) Normal upper second permanent molar.<br /> -(<i>d</i>) Oblique rooted second permanent molar.</td></tr> -</table> -</div> - -<p>There is <i>an abnormality of the upper molars</i> which may with advantage -be mentioned here. In this deformity the posterior buccal root is -situated in a plane much internal to the anterior—in other words, it is -an exaggeration of the normal arrangement. Such teeth have been termed -by Mr. Booth Pearsall “<i>oblique rooted</i>” (<a href="#fig_21">fig. 21</a>). The abnormality is -met with most frequently in the third molar, sometimes in the second, -rarely in the first. The difficulty encountered in extracting these -teeth is<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_027" id="page_027"></a>{27}</span> that the outer blade of the forceps tends to slip round. -Oblique-rooted teeth can at times be diagnosed by noting an undue -prominence of the alveolus over the anterior buccal root, and are best -removed with forceps similar to that shown in <a href="#fig_20">fig. 20</a>.</p> - -<p><i>In cases where a portion of the crown remains and the decay extends -well below the gum</i> on either the palatal or buccal side, ordinary molar -forceps should be discarded and root forceps employed; useful patterns -are shown in <a href="#fig_18">figs. 18</a>, <a href="#fig_22"> 22</a> and <a href="#fig_23">23</a>. The removal of teeth in this condition -is carried out as follows, and for the sake of description it will be -supposed that the decay extends deeply on the palatine side. One blade -of the forceps should be first applied to the buccal side of the tooth -and to the root which is considered the stronger; the inner blade should -then be applied to the palatine root care being taken to insinuate it -between the alveolus and the root. The forceps should then be pushed -well upwards until a firm hold of the root is obtained. A firm inward -movement should then be made, as this will allow the inner blade to pass -still higher up the palatine fang and insure steadiness should the -blades tend to ride upon the surface of the root. An outward movement -should next be made, but to nothing like so great a degree as that used -in extracting molars with the whole of<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_028" id="page_028"></a>{28}</span> the crown standing. This inward -and outward movement is to be repeated until the tooth is freed, the -force being principally applied in the inward direction.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_22" id="fig_22"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_23" id="fig_23"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 274px;"> -<a href="images/i_p028_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p028a_sml.jpg" width="103" height="334" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 22.</span></p></div> - -<a href="images/i_p028_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p028b_sml.jpg" width="113" height="334" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 23.</span></p><p> -For the removal of roots towards the back of the mouth.</p></div> -</div> - -<p>When the more extensive decay has taken place<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_029" id="page_029"></a>{29}</span> on the buccal side the -order of proceeding is slightly different. The first blade to be applied -should be the palatine, the outer blade being closed upon whichever of -the buccal roots is considered the stronger.</p> - -<p>The extractive force should be applied first outwards and then inwards, -these movements being repeated if necessary, the principal force being -outwards, as the object in view is to prevent the instrument slipping -off the more decayed side.</p> - -<p><i>When a molar is so decayed that but little of the crown remains, but -all the roots are still united</i>, root forceps are indicated. In such a -case the inner blade is to be applied to the palatine root first, the -outer blade being closed upon the stronger of the buccal fangs. Inward -followed by outward movement should be employed, the point to bear in -mind being to use force towards the side of the tooth which is -considered the weaker. In the majority of such cases the three roots -come away together, but even if this does not happen, one or perhaps two -will be removed, the remainder being subsequently removed with but -little difficulty.</p> - -<p><i>In cases where the resistance presented by the roots is very great</i> and -an unsuccessful attempt has been made with ordinary root forceps, an -instrument with a buccal blade similar to that shown in <a href="#fig_24">fig. 24</a> may be -used. The inner blade is first applied, the outer one being brought so -as to come,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_030" id="page_030"></a>{30}</span> if possible, into the space between the buccal roots. A -firm hold of the roots having been gained, an attempt to extract should -be made by force applied in an inward and outward direction; this -failing, sufficient pressure should be put upon the handles to split the -roots asunder. The sharp outer blade of the forceps will then pass -between the divided buccal roots on to the palatine root, which can thus -readily be brought away. A pair of ordinary upper root forceps should be -employed for removing the buccal roots.</p> - -<p><i>If all the three roots of a molar are separate</i>, their extraction -presents but little difficulty, a slight rotary movement generally -sufficing.</p> - -<p>In all cases where there is a fear of a molar fracturing, root in -preference to ordinary forceps should be used.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_24" id="fig_24"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 103px;"> -<a href="images/i_p030_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p030_sml.jpg" width="103" height="324" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 24.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(2) <b>LOWER TEETH.</b>—For the removal of lower teeth the patient should be -placed on a low level, the head being kept a little forward and the chin -depressed. The position of the operator will naturally differ with the -tooth to be removed<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_031" id="page_031"></a>{31}</span></p> - -<p><a name="fig_25" id="fig_25"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 248px;"> -<a href="images/i_p031_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p031_sml.jpg" width="248" height="286" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 25.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p class="nind">and also with the instrument to be used. With teeth on the right side, -when hawk’s-bill pattern forceps or elevators are used, the operator -should stand behind and to the right of the patient, the left arm being -brought round the patient’s head. The thumb of the left hand should be -placed on the inner side and the first finger on the outer side of the -alveolus of the tooth to be removed, and the three remaining fingers -under and supporting the chin. In placing the fingers in the mouth,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_032" id="page_032"></a>{32}</span> -care should be taken to keep the wrist well down so as not to impede the -entrance of light (<a href="#fig_25">fig. 25</a>).</p> - -<p><a name="fig_26" id="fig_26"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 226px;"> -<a href="images/i_p032_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p032_sml.jpg" width="226" height="360" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 26.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>When removing the anterior teeth or those on the left side of the mouth, -the operator should stand on the right side and slightly in front of the -patient. The left hand should be placed as<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_033" id="page_033"></a>{33}</span> follows: the second finger -on the lingual side, and the first on the labial side of the alveolus of -the tooth to be extracted, the thumb being placed under the chin (<a href="#fig_26">fig. -26</a>).</p> - -<p>When employing forceps of the straight pattern shown in <a href="#fig_30">fig. 30</a>, the -operator should stand as shown in <a href="#fig_26">fig. 26</a>, but it will be found -difficult to place the fingers of the left hand on either side of the -alveolus, indeed they can only well be used for retracting the cheek and -supporting the jaw.</p> - -<p>In removing teeth from the lower jaw, the operator should be careful, in -raising the tooth from the socket, to guard against a sudden separation -of the tooth from its attachments which might result in damage to the -upper teeth.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_27" id="fig_27"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 145px;"> -<a href="images/i_p033_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p033_sml.jpg" width="145" height="339" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 27.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Lower Incisors.</b>—These teeth each have a single root which is much -flattened laterally. For their removal, forceps similar to those shown -in <a href="#fig_27">fig. 27</a> should be used, the blades being equal<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_034" id="page_034"></a>{34}</span> segments of the same -circle. The lingual blade should be applied first, the loosening -movement being made by taking the tooth slightly inwards and then -outwards, the final extractive force being upwards and outwards.</p> - -<p>The removal of lower incisor roots is carried out in a similar manner.</p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Lower Canines.</b>—The lower canines have normally one root, which is -flattened laterally. In comparison with the incisors, the root is -stronger and longer. The removal of a lower canine is carried out in a -manner similar to that employed for a lower incisor, but as the tooth -presents more resistance, a greater amount of force is usually required.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Lower Bicuspids.</b>—The lower bicuspids have normally one root which -is conical in shape. In the first bicuspid the conical shape of the root -is not so marked as in the second, the outer aspect being the arc of -rather a larger circle than the posterior. Forceps similar to those -shown in <a href="#fig_27">fig. 27</a> may be used, the blades for all practical purposes -being equal in size and shape. The lingual blade of the instrument -should be applied first, the severing of the tooth from its attachments -being carried out by a slight rotary movement around the long axis of -the tooth first in one direction and then in the other; should this not -succeed, a slight inward followed by an<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_035" id="page_035"></a>{35}</span> outward movement may be tried, -the tooth being raised from its socket by force applied in an upward and -slightly outward direction.</p> - -<p>The roots of lower bicuspids are to be removed in a manner similar to -that required for the extraction of a whole tooth. When the root lies -much below the level of the gum the extraction is often troublesome -owing to the difficulty in gaining a hold with the blades of the -forceps; in such cases, if an attempt with forceps has failed, the -straight elevator may be employed.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_28" id="fig_28"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 39px;"> -<a href="images/i_p035_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p035_sml.jpg" width="39" height="44" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 28.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>Lower Molars.</b>—Lower molars have two roots, placed anteriorly and -posteriorly. The roots are much flattened and have a tendency to curve -backwards, this being well marked in the second and especially so in the -third molar; a fusion of the two roots is at times met with in the -second and frequently in the third molar. A section of a lower molar at -the neck shows both the buccal and lingual aspects to be composed of two -segments of a circle touching each other at one extremity; the anterior -segment being slightly the larger (<a href="#fig_28">fig. 28</a>). Each blade of the forceps -used for these teeth should possess two grooves,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_036" id="page_036"></a>{36}</span></p> - -<p><a name="fig_29" id="fig_29"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_30" id="fig_30"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<a href="images/i_p036_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p036_sml.jpg" width="271" height="336" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 29.</span> -<span class="spc"> </span> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 30.</span> - -</p></div> -</div> - - -<p class="nind">separated by a projection which fits into the division between the -anterior and posterior roots; for all practical purposes the blades may -be made of the same size, so that one instrument will suffice for both -sides of the jaw. The instrument best adapted for the removal of these -teeth is shown in <a href="#fig_29">fig. 29</a>, though some operators prefer the shape -illustrated in <a href="#fig_30">fig. 30</a>. The advantages of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_037" id="page_037"></a>{37}</span> former over the latter -may be briefly summed up as follows:</p> - -<p>(1) A clear view of the tooth and its surroundings can be obtained -during the whole period of removal.</p> - -<p>(2) Force can be applied with greater advantage.</p> - -<p>(3) The alveolus can be easily embraced by the fingers, or by the finger -and thumb of the left hand.</p> - -<p>(4) In removing the tooth from the socket a slight backward movement can -be employed.</p> - -<p>One disadvantage of shape <a href="#fig_29">fig. 29</a> is that it is difficult to employ much -inward movement, and therefore, for teeth lying inwards, namely, with -the crown directed towards the tongue, hawk’s-bill-shaped forceps cannot -easily be used.</p> - -<p>Another disadvantage is that the extent of inward movement is limited by -the proximity of the upper teeth, and in case of trismus it is often -better to use straight forceps (<a href="#fig_30">fig. 30</a>). In cases where there are also -much swelling and rigidity of the cheek the straight forceps cause less -inconvenience to the patient.</p> - -<p>In removing lower molars with forceps, the inner blade should be first -applied and then the outer, care being taken to get the points of the -blades between the interspace of the roots. For severing these teeth -from their attachments, a slight inward movement should be first made, -followed by one well outwards, this inward and<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_038" id="page_038"></a>{38}</span> outward movement being -repeated if necessary. The removal of the tooth from its socket is -carried out by force used in an upward and outward direction. The upward -force exerted upon lower teeth should always be well under control, as -not infrequently the resistance is very suddenly overcome, and, if such -precaution is not taken, there is danger of striking the upper teeth -with considerable force.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_31" id="fig_31"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 378px;"> -<a href="images/i_p038_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p038_sml.jpg" width="378" height="306" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 31.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_039" id="page_039"></a>{39}</span></p> - -<p>As previously pointed out, the roots of these teeth are at times curved -a little backwards so that it is often needful in removing the teeth -from their sockets to twist the forceps in a curved direction backwards.</p> - -<p>In the removal of the second molar too much outward movement is not -permissible, as the outer alveolus is often very dense.</p> - -<p>The third molar is best removed with a straight elevator. A glance at -the illustration of this tooth (<a href="#fig_31">fig. 31</a>) will show that the roots have a -well-marked curve backwards, in addition to which the bone forming the -socket of this tooth is stronger than is the case with the anterior -molars. The removal of the third molar has therefore to be accomplished -by using force in a direction upwards and backwards, in other words, in -a curve similar to the arc of the circle formed by the roots. This -movement cannot well be carried out with forceps, but is easily -accomplished with the elevator as follows (it being assumed that the -second molar is in place):—Hold the elevator as shown in <a href="#fig_13">fig. 13</a>, and -insert the blade between the anterior surface of the root and the -alveolus, keeping the flattened side of the instrument as far as -possible parallel with the root surface. Then force the blade downwards -in a direction towards the apex of the root; following this, rotate the -handle away from the direction in which the tooth is to<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_040" id="page_040"></a>{40}</span> be moved. This -has the effect of both raising the tooth in its socket and displacing it -backward. The edge of the elevator which is to be brought into contact -with the surface of the root should be sharp so as to cut somewhat into -the cementum. Should this prove insufficient the handle should again be -raised and the flattened surface of the instrument brought parallel with -the anterior surface of the root and the extractive movement repeated -until the tooth is completely raised from its socket.</p> - -<p>In using the elevator, especial care must be taken to protect the tongue -with the fingers or thumb of the left hand, so as to prevent a slip, -which might result in puncture of the tongue, or of the operator’s -finger.</p> - -<p>With the third lower molar there is a tendency for the gum to adhere -tenaciously to the posterior part of the neck of the tooth. When this -happens it is better to simply raise the tooth from its socket with the -elevator or forceps, as the case may be, and then cut the gum away with -a curved pair of scissors. By this method a severe laceration of the gum -may at times be avoided.</p> - -<p>When the third molar is isolated owing to the absence of the second -molar, the elevator may still be employed for its removal, on the right -side the first finger, and on the left side the thumb of the left hand -being used as the fulcrum. In such<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_041" id="page_041"></a>{41}</span> cases, however, many operators -prefer to use ordinary lower molar forceps.</p> - -<p><i>The removal of lower molars when a portion of the crown is standing, -but the decay has progressed below the gum</i> on either the buccal or the -lingual aspect, is carried out with root forceps of shape shown in <a href="#fig_27">fig. -27</a>. A condition similar to this in upper molars and the method indicated -for their removal were referred to on page 27. The principles enumerated -there apply equally to the removal of lower molars, so that it will not -be necessary to repeat them. The main points to bear in mind are, to -apply the blades of the forceps to the stronger root, and to use the -principal force in the direction of the weaker wall.</p> - -<p><i>Where the roots of molars are still united</i>, root forceps should be -used, the blade being first applied to the lingual surface of the -stronger root. A firm hold having been obtained, the root may be removed -by employing force in a manner similar to that employed with ordinary -molar forceps. In this way both roots will usually come away together. -If, however, only one root is extracted, the remaining one can easily be -removed, either with the same forceps or a curved elevator. The curved -elevator (<a href="#fig_49">fig. 49</a>) may be employed either by placing it against the -root, and so forcing it into the socket of the root already removed, or -by placing the blade in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_042" id="page_042"></a>{42}</span> socket of the extracted root, forcing the -point of the instrument through the intervening bone and then elevating -the remaining root.</p> - -<p><i>With roots of lower molars which present great resistance</i>, forceps -with cutting blades may be used (<a href="#fig_32">fig. 32</a>). The blades are inserted on -the lingual and buccal aspects of the arch in such a manner that the -points pass into the space between the roots. The handles are then -closed and an attempt is made to remove the roots in the ordinary way, -but should this prove unsuccessful the handles must be forcibly closed, -so as to divide the roots which can then, as a rule, be removed with -ordinary root forceps.</p> - -<p>The value of splitting roots in a case similar to that shown in <a href="#fig_33">fig. 33</a> -is apparent, for, as will be seen, it allows each root to be removed in -the line of its inclination.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_32" id="fig_32"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 106px;"> -<a href="images/i_p042_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p042_sml.jpg" width="106" height="333" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 32.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><i>In those cases where the roots are separated</i> their removal is carried -out with root forceps, an inward and outward movement being usually -sufficient.</p> - -<p>The roots of third molars are best removed with<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_043" id="page_043"></a>{43}</span> a straight elevator. -The <i>modus operandi</i> is similar to that used in extracting the whole -tooth.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_33" id="fig_33"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<a href="images/i_p043_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p043_sml.jpg" width="174" height="76" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"> -<p><i>a<span class="spc1"> </span> -b</i></p> -<p><span class="smcap">Fig. 33.</span></p> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) Lower molar with divergent roots. (<i>b</i>) The dotted lines show the -direction in which the root can be removed if the tooth is divided as -suggested in the text.</p></div> -</div> - -<p><i>At times the lower molar teeth are much tilted in such a way that the -crown surface stands towards the tongue.</i>—Under such conditions their -removal is best carried out with instruments of the pattern shown in -<a href="#fig_30">fig. 30</a>, since the handles of forceps of the hawk’s-bill pattern when -applied would come in contact with the upper teeth, and thus impede the -inward movement which is so necessary for the removal of teeth in this -position.</p> - -<p><b>The Temporary Teeth.</b>—For the removal of upper incisors and canines, a -small pair of straight forceps of the pattern shown in <a href="#fig_34">fig. 34</a> should be -used. The first upper temporary molars are best removed with a pair of -forceps like <a href="#fig_35">fig. 35</a>.</p> - -<p>The lower incisors and canines require a small pair of hawk’s-bill -forceps similar to the shape shown in <a href="#fig_27">fig. 27</a>. For the lower temporary -molars,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_044" id="page_044"></a>{44}</span> a small pair of forceps similar to that illustrated in <a href="#fig_29">fig. 29</a> -should be used.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_34" id="fig_34"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_35" id="fig_35"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 281px;"> -<a href="images/i_p044_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p044_sml.jpg" width="281" height="316" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 34.</span> -<span class="spc"> </span> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 35.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>In removing the temporary teeth, care must be taken not to drive the -forceps up too high, for fear of injuring the permanent teeth; this is -more especially to be noted in connection with the temporary molars, as -the roots of these teeth practically embrace the crowns of the -bicuspids.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_045" id="page_045"></a>{45}</span> Generally speaking, if a temporary molar fractures in the -attempt to remove it, the portion of tooth remaining in the jaw should -be left alone unless it can be brought away quite easily.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_36" id="fig_36"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 118px;"> -<a href="images/i_p045_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p045_sml.jpg" width="118" height="81" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 36.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>Roots in the condition shown in <a href="#fig_36">fig. 36</a> are best removed with an -elevator as follows: the thumb of the right hand being placed on an -adjacent tooth so as to gain a hold, the point of the elevator should be -placed below the end of the root and force applied. In a few cases it -may be necessary to cut the gum with a lancet before using the elevator.</p> - -<p>Small pieces of the temporary teeth which persist and become wedged in -between the permanent teeth can be best removed with an excavator or a -similar suitable instrument.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_046" id="page_046"></a>{46}</span></p> - -<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> -———<br /> -<span class="subhd">The Extraction of Misplaced Teeth.</span></h2> - -<p><span class="smcap">Nothing</span>, perhaps, tests the skill of a good operator more than the -extraction of a misplaced or impacted tooth, and although it is -impossible to give anything like a complete list of the various -malpositions met with, those most commonly seen will be mentioned, and -the usual method for removing such teeth indicated.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_37" id="fig_37"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 230px;"> -<a href="images/i_p046_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p046_sml.jpg" width="230" height="194" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 37.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_047" id="page_047"></a>{47}</span></p> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Upper Central Incisors.</b>—An irregularity of this tooth calling for -removal is shown in <a href="#fig_37">fig. 37</a>.</p> - -<p>The extraction is best carried out with an instrument similar to that -shown in <a href="#fig_38">fig. 38</a>, the fine inner blade being applied on the palatal side -and the broad blade on the labial. Extractive force should be applied -principally in the outward direction, and if this is not sufficient, -slight rotary movement should be tried. In cases where there is less -room between the approximal teeth, the projecting tooth may be removed -with a pair of straight forceps (<a href="#fig_17">fig. 17</a>), the blades being applied to -the mesial and distal aspects of the root. The blades should not be -driven very far up, and the loosening of the tooth should be -accomplished by slight rotary motion, in using which care should be -taken to avoid loosening the approximal teeth.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_38" id="fig_38"></a></p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 149px;"> -<a href="images/i_p047_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p047_sml.jpg" width="149" height="336" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 38.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Upper Lateral Incisors</b> lying internal to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_048" id="page_048"></a>{48}</span> arch, as shown in -<a href="#fig_39">fig. 39</a>, can be removed with the forceps shown in <a href="#fig_38">fig. 38</a>, by placing -the fine blade on the labial and the broad blade on the palatal side of -the tooth. Extractive movement should be made inwards, followed by very -slight outward movement; this failing, rotation should be tried, but as -pointed out on a previous page, this form of movement is not so suitable -for lateral incisors as for centrals.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_39" id="fig_39"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 206px;"> -<a href="images/i_p048_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p048_sml.jpg" width="206" height="188" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 39.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Upper Canines</b> placed high in the arch, as shown in <a href="#fig_40">fig. 40</a>, may be -extracted with a straight pair of forceps (<a href="#fig_17">fig. 17</a>), the blades being -placed on the mesial and labial aspects of the root. Extraction of such -teeth is very difficult. Slight but firm rotation may first be tried; if -this fails to loosen the tooth, slight lateral movement may be<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_049" id="page_049"></a>{49}</span> -attempted, the force being applied towards and then away from the median -line of the mouth.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_40" id="fig_40"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 234px;"> -<a href="images/i_p049a_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p049a_sml.jpg" width="234" height="204" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 40.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><a name="fig_41" id="fig_41"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 214px;"> -<a href="images/i_p049b_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p049b_sml.jpg" width="214" height="204" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 41.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>Upper Bicuspids</b> misplaced, as shown in <a href="#fig_41">fig. 41</a>, can be removed -with forceps, as shown in figs.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_050" id="page_050"></a>{50}</span> 18 and 22, the blades being applied on -the anterior and posterior aspects of the tooth. Force should be applied -in a backward and forward direction, the movements being repeated and -persevered with until the tooth is loosened in its socket.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_42" id="fig_42"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 218px;"> -<a href="images/i_p050a_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p050a_sml.jpg" width="218" height="176" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 42.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><a name="fig_43" id="fig_43"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 225px;"> -<a href="images/i_p050b_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p050b_sml.jpg" width="225" height="181" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 43.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_051" id="page_051"></a>{51}</span></p> - -<p>A bicuspid placed as shown in <a href="#fig_42">fig. 42</a> can be removed with forceps -similar in form to those depicted in figs. 18 and 22, with the outer -blade strong but narrow. The extractive movement should be made mainly -in an inward direction.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_44" id="fig_44"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 171px;"> -<a href="images/i_p051_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p051_sml.jpg" width="171" height="100" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 44.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>e</i>) <b>Lower Central Incisors</b> placed similarly to that shown in <a href="#fig_43">fig. 43</a> -may be removed with ordinary lower root forceps (hawk’s-bill pattern), -the blades being placed on the mesial and distal surfaces of the root, -and movement applied in a direction to and away from the median line of -the mouth. When the crowding is not so extreme as shown in <a href="#fig_44">fig. 44</a>, -forceps of the hawk’s-bill pattern with a strong but narrow inner blade -should be used (<a href="#fig_45">fig. 45</a>), and the principal extractive movement made in -an outward direction. For an incisor placed as shown in <a href="#fig_47">fig. 47</a>, the -narrow blade should be the outer one (<a href="#fig_46">fig. 46</a>), and the principal force -should be applied in an inward direction.</p> - -<p>(<i>f</i>) <b>Lower Bicuspids</b> placed as in <a href="#fig_48">fig. 48</a> are<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_052" id="page_052"></a>{52}</span></p> - -<p><a name="fig_45" id="fig_45"></a></p> - -<p><a name="fig_46" id="fig_46"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 313px;"> -<a href="images/i_p052_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p052_sml.jpg" width="313" height="360" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 45.</span> -<span class="spc"> </span> -<span class="smcap">Fig. 46.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p class="nind">most difficult teeth to remove. One of the most useful instruments for -their extraction is a pair of upper root forceps (Read’s pattern, <a href="#fig_22">fig. -22</a>), which should be held so that the curve of the blades is downwards. -The blades should grasp the root on its anterior and posterior surfaces. -Slight rotary<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_053" id="page_053"></a>{53}</span> movement may first be attempted, followed by lateral -motion. These movements may be persevered with until the tooth is found -to yield. Too much haste may lead to a fracture, which would be -extremely difficult to deal with.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_47" id="fig_47"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 162px;"> -<a href="images/i_p053a_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p053a_sml.jpg" width="162" height="96" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 47.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p><a name="fig_48" id="fig_48"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 243px;"> -<a href="images/i_p053b_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p053b_sml.jpg" width="243" height="184" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 48.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>In cases where the crowding is not so great, and the tooth is more in -the normal line of the arch, a forceps with a narrow outer blade will -suffice (<a href="#fig_46">fig. 46</a>). Extractive force should be used principally<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_054" id="page_054"></a>{54}</span> towards -the median line of the mouth, and this may be combined with slight -rotary movement.</p> - -<p><a name="fig_49" id="fig_49"></a></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 237px;"> -<a href="images/i_p054_lg.jpg"> -<img src="images/i_p054_sml.jpg" width="237" height="405" alt="[Image unavailable.]" /></a> -<div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 49.</span></p></div> -</div> - -<p>(<i>g</i>) <b>Impacted Lower Third Molars</b> are amongst the most difficult teeth -to extract. Where the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_055" id="page_055"></a>{55}</span> tooth is deep-seated, the gum should be pushed -aside by careful packing, and as clear a view of the tooth as is -possible obtained. For removing these teeth it is difficult to give any -rules, as each case must be treated on its own merits.</p> - -<p>As useful an instrument as any for their removal is a curved elevator -(<a href="#fig_49">fig. 49</a>), the blade of which can often be inserted under the crown, and -assuming that good leverage is thus obtained, the tooth can be prised -up. Sometimes the tooth is firmly embedded in the bone. In such cases a -clear view of the tooth may be obtained by gradually packing the soft -tissues apart, the periosteum covering the alveolus should then be -raised, and the bone surrounding the tooth cut away with suitable -instruments. The tooth, when freely exposed, should be removed with an -elevator or forceps.</p> - -<p>The wound resulting must be carefully packed and treated as described on -page 85.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_056" id="page_056"></a>{56}</span></p> - -<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br /> -———<br /> -<span class="subhd">The Use of Anæsthetics during Extraction of the Teeth.</span></h2> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> anæsthetics used during the extraction of teeth may be divided into -two classes, viz.:—general and local. It is not proposed to make any -allusion to the methods of administering general anæsthetics, as they -hardly fall within the scope of this volume. There are, however, a few -points which the operator should bear in mind when employing them and -which may with advantage be briefly dwelt upon, but before considering -these, a word or two may not be out of place with regard to the choice -of the anæsthetic. In dental practice three agents are generally used, -nitrous oxide alone or in combination with air or oxygen, ether and -chloroform.</p> - -<p>In the very large majority of dental operations nitrous oxide is to be -preferred to ether and chloroform, and possesses the great advantage -over them of being practically safe. In addition, the administration of -nitrous oxide occupies a<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_057" id="page_057"></a>{57}</span> shorter period, and the recovery is rapid and -complete. Within the last few years, combinations of nitrous oxide with -oxygen and with air have been introduced by Dr. Hewitt and Mr. Rowell -respectively, and both combinations possess advantages over nitrous -oxide used alone.</p> - -<p><i>The advantages of nitrous oxide and oxygen over nitrous oxide alone -are</i>:—</p> - -<p>(1) The anæsthesia is quieter.</p> - -<p>(2) The mucous membranes of the mouth do not swell to the same extent, -and the operator therefore gains a clearer view of the tooth.</p> - -<p>(3) The period of anæsthesia is lengthened, perhaps by only a few -seconds, but the quieter condition of the patient assists indirectly in -prolonging the period for operating.</p> - -<p><i>The advantages of nitrous oxide with air over nitrous oxide alone</i> are -somewhat similar to those of nitrous oxide and oxygen, though less -marked.</p> - -<p><i>For operations requiring a long anæsthesia</i>, such as the extraction of -a difficult third molar, ether should be used, the administration being -commenced with nitrous oxide. In such cases many operators prefer to use -chloroform, but the regular employment of this agent in dental surgery -is to be severely condemned, and the cases are rare indeed in which its -use is called for. A most careful inquiry into this important subject -has been made by Dr. Hewitt, and the results of his<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_058" id="page_058"></a>{58}</span> work were -communicated in an exhaustive paper published in the <i>Journal of the -British Dental Association</i> for November, 1895, which is well worthy the -perusal of all those who are in the habit of administering chloroform.</p> - -<p>Whenever a general anæsthetic is given for the removal of teeth, two -people should always be present, one to confine his attention solely to -the administration of the anæsthetic, the other to the removal of the -tooth, as it is impossible for one person to operate and at the same -time to observe the condition of the patient during the anæsthetic -period. This rule should be strictly adhered to.</p> - -<p>For extraction under nitrous oxide, and also to a great extent under -ether, the positions of the patients should differ but little if at all -from those already advocated, with this exception, it is advisable not -to have the head too far back. Before the administration of the -anæsthetic is commenced, any removable artificial teeth that may be in -the mouth should be taken out; the operator should decide exactly what -he intends to do; at the same time it is well not to attempt too much -and to avoid pricking the gum during the examination of any roots that -it may be necessary to extract. The prop should be placed on sound firm -teeth in such a position that the operator can work without being -hindered by it, and a final view of the mouth should be taken. Where<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_059" id="page_059"></a>{59}</span> -several teeth have to be extracted at one sitting, their order of -removal should be decided upon before the operation is commenced, and if -any particular tooth is causing pain, it should be extracted first. The -order of removal should also as far as possible be arranged so that -changes of instruments are reduced to a minimum. As a rule, lower teeth -should be extracted before upper teeth, because if the latter are -removed first, the blood may pass down and so obscure the lower ones. -Roots should be removed before whole teeth for the same reason. Each -tooth or root must be cleared from the mouth before any attempt is made -to remove another except in cases where the gum is thoroughly adherent; -under this condition the tooth or root may be left and freed from the -gum when the patient has recovered. With teeth which have a liability to -slip out from between the blades of the forceps, it is well as a -precaution to keep a finger of the left hand behind the blades to -prevent the tooth passing backwards should it slip out.</p> - -<h3>LOCAL ANÆSTHETICS.</h3> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Cocaine.</b>—The most efficacious of the local anæsthetics in use is -cocaine. It is an alkaloid obtained from the dry leaves of Erythroxylon -Coca, and in practice the hydrochlorate form is<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_060" id="page_060"></a>{60}</span> generally used. For the -removal of teeth it is necessary to inject a solution of the drug into -the tissues, a simple application to the gum being of little use. -Cocaine has the reputation of not being thoroughly reliable in its -action, but this in a great measure often arises from want of care in -injecting it. Not more than half a grain should be injected for the -removal of a tooth, and even then with people of feeble health, untoward -symptoms may supervene.</p> - -<p><i>Mode of Employment.</i>—A fresh solution of the drug should be made each -time its use is called for, by dissolving a tabloid weighing half a -grain in 5 minims of distilled water. Half of the solution should be -injected into the gum on each side of the alveolus. The gum being such a -dense tissue, the solution should be injected slowly, otherwise the bulk -of it will escape by the side of the needle into the mouth. As there is -always a tendency for this to happen even when the solution is slowly -injected, it is well to keep a finger of the left hand pressed on the -gum where the needle is inserted.</p> - -<p>Speaking personally, I usually occupy about eight minutes over the -injection, and wait for four or five minutes after its completion before -operating. As a local anæsthetic I have generally found cocaine -satisfactory, so far as its anæsthetic properties are concerned, but the -occasional appearance of toxic symptoms, especially in those of<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_061" id="page_061"></a>{61}</span> feeble -health, should not be lost sight of. Tropacocaine has been recommended -as possessing the anæsthetic properties of cocaine without giving rise -to toxic effects, but in practice I have not found these statements -fully borne out.</p> - -<p><i>Toxic Effects.</i>—The administration of cocaine, especially if given in -large doses, may be followed by well-marked toxic effects of which the -following are cited by Dr. Hewitt.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p> - -<p>“Headache; vertigo; pallor; a cold, moist skin; a feeble, slow, or rapid -pulse, becoming imperceptible in grave cases; incoherence of speech; -nausea; vomiting; unconsciousness; trismus and other muscular spasms; -epileptiform attacks; dilated or unequal pupils; and disturbances of -respiration, culminating in dyspnœa and asphyxia.” The treatment of -cocaine poisoning should be directed first to restoring the circulation -by the administration of a rapidly acting stimulant, such as -sal-volatile, brandy, or the hypodermic injection of ether. The patient -should be placed in the horizontal position, and the respiration watched -for; should this tend to fail, artificial respiration must be -immediately resorted to.</p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Freezing Agents.</b>—This group includes such preparations as -<i>chloride of ethyl</i>, <i>coryl</i> (a mixture<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_062" id="page_062"></a>{62}</span> of chloride of ethyl and -chloride of methyl in such proportions that the mixture boils at 0° C.) -and <i>anestile</i>. Generally speaking, the anæsthesia produced is by no -means satisfactory, and to use them to the greatest advantage, attention -must be given to the following points:—</p> - -<p>(1) The gums must be well dried, and as far as possible all neighbouring -regions, such as the cheeks or tongue, protected by napkins or other -suitable material.</p> - -<p>(2) The gums must be thoroughly frozen before commencing to operate.</p> - -<p>(3) The extraction must be carried out as quickly as is consistent with -thoroughness.</p> - -<p>(4) If possible the spray should be continued during the operation.</p> - -<p>(5) Too great a jet should not be used.</p> - -<p>Freezing agents can be employed much better for front than for back -teeth, in fact it is found at times difficult to freeze the gums at all -satisfactorily at the back of the mouth.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_063" id="page_063"></a>{63}</span></p> - -<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.<br /> -———<br /> -<span class="subhd">Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ of Extraction of the Teeth.</span></h2> - -<p><span class="smcap">Like</span> all other surgical operations, the extraction of teeth is at times -attended with certain difficulties, complications and sequelæ which for -the sake of description will be considered under the following headings:</p> - -<p>(1) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ connected with the teeth -themselves.</p> - -<p>(2) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ connected with the jaws.</p> - -<p>(3) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ connected with the soft -parts.</p> - -<p>(4) Difficulties, complications and sequelæ arising during extraction -under anæsthetics.</p> - -<p>(5) Miscellaneous complications, difficulties and sequelæ.</p> - -<h3>(1) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ CONNECTED WITH THE TEETH -THEMSELVES.</h3> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Undue Resistance of the tooth and</b><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_064" id="page_064"></a>{64}</span> <b>alveolus.</b>—Considerable -resistance to our efforts to remove a tooth at times occurs. This is -naturally most often, though by no means always, met with in those of -strong physique. Teeth isolated are always firmer than those in series; -this is accounted for by a consolidation of the bone around them. -Experience will act as a guide, and it is to a certain extent possible, -after a little observation, to gather from the general appearance of a -tooth if it will give more than normal trouble in removal. Should undue -resistance be met with, steady attempts to move the tooth slightly in -different directions should be made and persevered with; if this -precaution is not taken and too much force is used in any one direction, -fracture of the tooth or alveolus is sure to result. It may, perhaps, be -found impossible to remove the tooth; when this is the case it is best -to dismiss the patient and to make a fresh attempt two or three days -later; the tooth will then probably be loose, as a result of the -inflammation which has been set up by the previous attempt at -extraction, and can be easily removed.</p> - -<p>The causes of undue resistance are:—</p> - -<p>(i.) Abnormal density of the alveolar process.</p> - -<p>(ii.) Divergent and twisted roots.</p> - -<p>(iii.) Alteration in the shapes of the roots brought about by -periodontal inflammation (exostosis).</p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Fracture of the tooth.</b>—The principal causes of this accident -are:—<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_065" id="page_065"></a>{65}</span></p> - -<p>(i.) The use of badly fitting forceps.</p> - -<p>(ii.) The use of unnecessary or wrongly applied force in attempting to -loosen the tooth in its socket.</p> - -<p>A tooth having been fractured, the patient should be made to rinse the -mouth until the bleeding has ceased, the socket should be dried with -cotton-wool, and the position and edge of the root defined with a probe -before attempting to remove the fractured portion. It is neglect of -these steps that so often leads to failure to remove the remaining -portion of a fractured root. Too many attempts to remove a fractured -root should not be made; if a second endeavour proves fruitless, the -patient should be dismissed and a fresh attempt, if necessary, made -after a period of one or two days, as the tooth will probably then be -looser from inflammatory trouble, moreover, the hæmorrhage having -ceased, it will be possible to obtain a clearer view of the root. -Before, however, dismissing the patient, an anodyne mouth wash should be -prescribed, and the pulp if exposed touched with carbolic or nitric -acid. The lower third of a root may generally be left without fear of -unpleasant consequences; but it is always well to inform the patient -when any portion of a tooth is allowed to remain in the jaw, as such -knowledge may be of assistance should any trouble arise at a subsequent -date.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Crowded and irregular teeth.</b>—The removal<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_066" id="page_066"></a>{66}</span> of these has already -been referred to in Chapter III.</p> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>The Removal of the wrong tooth.</b>—The removal of the wrong tooth -may occur and is naturally due to carelessness on the part of the -operator. Should this accident arise, the tooth must be immediately -replaced and if necessary secured with a ligature. If the pulp -subsequently shows signs of degeneration or inflammation it should be -removed and the canal treated and filled.</p> - -<p>(<i>e</i>) <b>Removal of a neighbouring tooth.</b>—This may occur and is generally -due to a crowded arrangement of the teeth. The accident seems to occur -most frequently with the removal of the first permanent lower molar, the -neighbouring tooth usually involved being the second bicuspid which is -simultaneously dislocated from its socket. This accident can be avoided -by placing the thumb on the tooth which shows a tendency to move, and -exerting only as much force in the removal of the tooth which is being -extracted as can be controlled by the thumb. If a neighbouring tooth is -removed it must be replaced and treated in the same manner as described -above.</p> - -<p>(<i>f</i>) <b>Removal of an unerupted bicuspid.</b>—This may be an avoidable or an -unavoidable accident. At times the developing bicuspid is so firmly -embraced by the roots of the deciduous molar that<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_067" id="page_067"></a>{67}</span> during the extraction -of the latter tooth the bicuspid is removed—such an accident cannot be -avoided. It is an avoidable accident when it occurs during the -extraction of the roots of a temporary molar and arises from using too -much force. As previously pointed out it is best to leave the fractured -roots of temporary molars alone unless they can be easily removed.</p> - -<p>(<i>g</i>) <b>Breaking one tooth in extracting another.</b>—In the extraction of -lower teeth with hawk’s-bill forceps the upper teeth may be fractured. -This accident is most likely to occur to the inexperienced, and arises -from the tooth leaving its socket suddenly, due frequently to the -extracting force being used in an upward rather than an outward -direction. It may, however, occur when a lower tooth has been more than -normally resistant. In all such cases it is well for the operator to be -on guard by keeping the thumb or a finger of the left hand over the -joint of the forceps.</p> - -<p>Also in using the elevator an adjacent tooth may be fractured.</p> - -<h3>(2) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ CONNECTED WITH THE JAWS.</h3> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Fracture.</b>—The fracture and removal of a small piece of the -alveolus is not an unfrequent accident which is fortunately by no means -serious. It is sometimes unavoidable but at other times is due to -getting the blades of the forceps on the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_068" id="page_068"></a>{68}</span> outer sides of the alveolus -instead of between the bone and the root of the tooth.</p> - -<p>Extensive fracture is sometimes seen, for instance in a case that came -under my notice at the Dental Hospital of London an unqualified person -in removing the first lower right permanent molar fractured the bone in -a horizontal direction so that the second and first bicuspids with the -canine were completely separated from the body of the bone. Mr. -Salter<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> gives an account of an extensive fracture of the jaw which -occurred in a lady æt. 35. The fracture occurred in connection with the -removal of the superior central incisors. The right central incisor -required some force for its removal, and when it came away the whole of -the front of the alveolus was firmly attached to the root. In removing -the left central incisor considerable force was required during the -exertion of which the bone was fractured. On examination of the parts -the mass of bone corresponding to the intermaxillary bone was found to -be merely held in place by the soft tissues. “A vertical fracture -extended from the side of the canine up to the root of the nose, then -nearly horizontally across to the opposite side, being connected there -with another vertical fracture. The lesion passed completely through the -jaw from before backwards, and there<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_069" id="page_069"></a>{69}</span> was a wound in the palate three -quarters of an inch from the alveolar border, through which was -considerable hæmorrhage.” A still more severe example of fracture during -extraction of teeth is recorded by Mr. Cattlin,<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> where in an attempt -to remove a third upper molar with an elevator the tuberosity of the -maxilla, a portion of the floor of the antrum and part of the sphenoid -were fractured.</p> - -<p>Fracture of the maxilla tuberosity may occur during the removal of the -third upper molar, and Mr. Nicol<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> records such an accident during the -removal of the second upper permanent molar. In a case recorded by Mr. -L. Matheson<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> a transverse fracture of the maxilla occurred in a line -between the first and second permanent molars during the removal of the -first-named tooth.</p> - -<p>Direct transverse fracture of the horizontal ramus of the mandible due -to extraction of the teeth has also been recorded.</p> - -<p><i>Treatment.</i>—In fracture of small portions of the alveolar process, no -special treatment is called for except that all loose fragments should -be removed. When the fracture is of a more extensive character, the -fragments must be retained in position by a suitable form of splint, a -description of which will be found in most works on dental surgery.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_070" id="page_070"></a>{70}</span></p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Necrosis</b> of the alveolus may result from extraction and is -generally the result of undue violence or of some septic process -occurring in the wound. The <i>treatment</i> to be followed consists of the -use of antiseptic and deodorant mouth washes; the necrosed bone when -quite separated from the living tissue should be removed with a pair of -suitable forceps.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Dislocation of the mandible.</b>—The use of too much force in -extracting a lower tooth and not at the same time counteracting the -force by supporting the chin, may lead to unilateral or bilateral -dislocation of the mandible. This accident may also be brought about by -forcing the mouth open too much with a Mason’s gag during the -administration of an anæsthetic. It may likewise occur without the -employment of undue force in those who have previously met with or are -liable to dislocation.</p> - -<p><i>Reduction</i> may be brought about by placing the thumbs, carefully -wrapped in a napkin, on the molar teeth and the palmar surfaces of the -fingers below the chin. If downward pressure is then made with the -thumbs, and upward pressure with the fingers, the condyles of the -mandible will generally pass back easily into the glenoid cavity. In -cases where more difficulty than this is experienced, the patient should -be placed in a recumbent position, and corks should be inserted between -the<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_071" id="page_071"></a>{71}</span> back teeth. Upward pressure should then be applied on the under -surface of the chin. It is advisable, after reduction, for the patient -to wear a four-tailed bandage for about a week.</p> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>Forcing a root into the antrum.</b>—This accident occurs mostly in -connection with the extraction of the second upper bicuspid root and -buccal roots of the first upper permanent molar. If a root has been so -dislocated into the antral cavity as to still partly remain in its -socket, the best course to pursue is to leave it alone and not to -attempt removal as the attempt might only result in complete dislocation -of the root into the antrum. The socket should be kept quite clean by -the continual use of antiseptic washes. As a rule the root gives rise to -no subsequent trouble.</p> - -<p>When a root has been forced completely into the antrum, the latter -should be enlarged and the antral cavity thoroughly syringed. For this -purpose it is well to use an aural syringe of five or six ounce -capacity. The rationale of this form of treatment is that the root may -pass out with the return current from the antrum. If this treatment -fails, an attempt may be made to remove the root with a little scoop of -gutta-percha fixed on to a flexible wire. When it cannot be removed in -this manner, the cavity should be thoroughly irrigated with an -antiseptic solution and the root left alone, as it will in all -probability become encysted and<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_072" id="page_072"></a>{72}</span> not give rise to any subsequent -trouble. If, however, the patient has a history of epitheliomatous -disease of the jaws further attempts should be made to remove it. A case -where a tooth was forced into the antrum in a patient with a family -history of epithelioma of the jaw is recorded in the Transactions of the -Odontological Society, vol. ii., page 15, old series.</p> - -<p>(<i>e</i>) <b>Forcing a tooth into an abscess cavity.</b>—This accident may occur; -if it does, it requires similar treatment to the accident just described -in connection with the antrum.</p> - -<p>(<i>f</i>) <b>Trismus.</b>—Inability to open the mouth naturally renders extraction -of the teeth more difficult than usual. When, however, the closure is -the result of inflammatory trouble in connection with the lower molars, -an anæsthetic should be given and the mouth opened forcibly with a -Mason’s gag. If the trismus is the result of tonic contraction of the -muscles closing the jaw, ether should be used in order to overcome the -resistance of the muscles, as nitrous oxide would not have the desired -effect.</p> - -<h3>(3) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFT -TISSUES.</h3> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Extensive laceration of the gum.</b>—In cases where a tooth has given -rise to much trouble in removal, the soft tissues naturally suffer, but -apart<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_073" id="page_073"></a>{73}</span> from this they may be severely lacerated when the gum is more -than usually adherent to a tooth. This is most frequently seen in the -removal of the lower third molar, but it is also sometimes met with in -the removal of loose teeth. When the gum is found more than usually -adherent the tooth should be left in the socket until the gum attachment -has been divided with a pair of scissors or a lancet. Continued attempts -to remove the tooth with the forceps before the gum has been divided -will only lead to undue laceration.</p> - -<p>In all cases where the gums have been badly lacerated, an anodyne mouth -wash should be prescribed.</p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Wounding the tongue.</b>—This is most likely to occur under nitrous -oxide, as the tongue during anæsthesia is generally swollen, and is, -moreover, not under the control of the patient. Wounding the tongue is -nearly always due to carelessness, and arises generally in using the -elevator. When the tongue is <i>much lacerated</i>, the overhanging portions -should be trimmed off with scissors and the surface kept clean with -antiseptic mouth washes. If the <i>tongue is punctured and the wound does -not involve a large branch of the lingual artery</i>, but yet bleeds -freely, the tongue should be drawn forward; if this does not prove -successful the insertion of a stitch will generally cause the hæmorrhage -to cease. <i>If the tongue is punctured and a large branch of the lingual<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_074" id="page_074"></a>{74}</span> -artery is involved</i>, the finger should be placed on the back of the -tongue and the organ drawn forward; this compresses the lingual artery -against the hyoid bone. The bleeding point must then be sought for and, -if found, an attempt made to twist the wounded vessel. If this fails -cauterisation may be tried, and as a last resource, if cauterisation -does not stop the bleeding, the lingual artery must be tied.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Bruising the lower lips.</b>—This may occur in the removal of upper -bicuspids and molars, and is due to having the mouth insufficiently -opened, and using forceps of too straight a pattern.</p> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>Injury of the mandibular nerve.</b>—The mandibular nerve may be -injured during the removal of the lower molars and bicuspids. Loss of -sensation over the parts supplied by the nerve, with dribbling of -saliva, generally follows the accident. Sensation is, however, usually -restored, and in cases of laceration the nerve generally unites.</p> - -<p>Mr. Sewill records a case in which “the roots of a lower wisdom tooth -contained a groove and a foramen, through which the inferior dental -nerve had evidently passed.”</p> - -<p>(<i>e</i>) <b>Hæmorrhage following tooth extraction</b> is a most important -complication, and one which needs prompt treatment. Hæmorrhage is -predisposed to by a diathesis known as hæmophylia. Of<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_075" id="page_075"></a>{75}</span> its pathology but -little seems to be definitely known. The blood in this condition is said -by Walsham to be deficient in fibrin. Hæmorrhage may occur in people not -predisposed to the above-named diathesis; in some instances it is -probably due to pathological changes in the artery supplying the tooth, -these changes being frequently induced by inflammation around the apex -of the root, and the vessel becoming adherent to its bony surrounding, -and thus prevented from contracting. Another condition, which may or may -not have any practical bearing, is the occurrence of hæmorrhage during -the menstrual period. I have, on two occasions, had under notice -patients for whom teeth have been extracted during this period, and in -whom hæmorrhage followed, but ceased at the termination of the period. -Teeth had been extracted for both these patients on previous occasions, -without undue hæmorrhage following.</p> - -<p>Hæmorrhage is generally divided into three stages, viz.:—primary, -intermediate and secondary. In the mouth we often find the primary -running into the intermediate. The treatment of primary hæmorrhage, or -that occurring at the time of the operation, is not of serious import. -If it is at all sharp a useful plan is to give the patient some tincture -of hamamelis in the water used for rinsing the mouth. At the same time -about fifteen grains<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_076" id="page_076"></a>{76}</span> of gallic acid<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> should be given, and the patient -should be ordered to take a similar quantity every two or three hours -until the hæmorrhage ceases. The socket should also be loosely plugged -with cotton-wool dipped in some styptic, such as gallic acid.</p> - -<p>Intermediate and secondary hæmorrhage is of a more serious nature, and -generally sets in at night. When a case of intermediate hæmorrhage is -first seen, these two important points should be ascertained before -treating it:—first, whether the bleeding is coming from the gums or the -socket of the tooth; secondly, whether the blood shows a tendency to -coagulation. The latter point will act as a guide in the choice of drugs -for internal administration.</p> - -<p>In hæmorrhage from the gum search should be made for any small vessels -that may be the cause of it, and if found they should be twisted or -compressed. If the vessel is only partially divided it should be -completely severed, as this will probably allow contraction to take -place. If the bleeding is capillary in character, a pad of gutta-percha -lined with lint dipped in some styptic and applied with firm pressure is -usually sufficient to stop it.<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_077" id="page_077"></a>{77}</span></p> - -<p>When the bleeding proceeds from the socket the following mode of -procedure is adopted: some small cone-shaped pieces of non-absorbent -cotton-wool are prepared (each about ⅓ to ½ inch long and ¼ inch broad -at the base), also a pad of lint and a four-tailed bandage; a syringe, a -pair of conveying forceps, some cold water and the chosen styptic are -likewise placed ready for use. The socket is first freed from clot, then -syringed, then dried out with a pledget of cotton-wool, and directly -afterwards one of the cone-shaped pieces of cotton-wool dipped in the -styptic (the most useful being tannin) is placed in the socket and -forced to the apex, with a fair amount of pressure; the hæmorrhage is -arrested far more by pressure than by the styptic. More pledgets of wool -are inserted until the socket is quite full; a plug of lint is then -placed over all and kept in position by antagonism with the upper teeth, -a four-tailed bandage being used for this purpose. An excellent method -of keeping the plug in the socket if the approximal teeth are standing -is to wedge a piece of wood between them. Excellent as this plan is, -however, if the hæmorrhage is at all sharp it is better to use the -four-tailed bandage to make more certain of retaining the plug in<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_078" id="page_078"></a>{78}</span> -position. The number of pledgets of wool inserted in the socket should -be counted.</p> - -<p>The general directions to be given to the patient, though apparently -trivial, are most important and should never be forgotten. He or she -should be advised to go home very quietly, to avoid all forms of -excitement, to assume the sitting position usual during the day, and to -use a high pillow at night. The patient should be fed through a bent -tube, and all fluids should be given cold.</p> - -<p>In addition to plugging the socket, hæmostatics should be administered -internally.</p> - -<p>In <i>cases where there is</i> a thin watery blood and <i>no tendency to -coagulation</i> it may be fairly assumed that the cause of the hæmorrhage -lies in the blood, and such drugs as gallic acid<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> and perchloride of -iron<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> are indicated, <i>but when the blood shows a marked tendency to -coagulate</i> in the mouth, as often happens, and the bleeding still -continues, such<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_079" id="page_079"></a>{79}</span> drugs as ergot<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> are indicated; in this latter -condition it may be assumed that the cause of the hæmorrhage lies in -some want of contractility of the vessel wall, and ergot causes -contraction of unstriped muscular tissue.</p> - -<p>At the time of plugging the socket a dose of gallic acid, perchloride of -iron or ergot should be given, and its administration continued at -intervals until the bleeding ceases. Mr. Morton Smale prefers a -hypodermic injection of ergotine.<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a></p> - -<p>The patient should be seen within twenty-four hours after treatment, and -if the bleeding has ceased the plugs may be removed and an antiseptic -mouth wash prescribed. This course is not recommended when the -hæmorrhage has been severe; under such circumstances the plugs should be -allowed to work themselves out. If the hæmorrhage has not then ceased, -the socket should be replugged tighter than before with a plug of wood -wrapped in non-absorbent cotton-wool. Should this prove of no avail the -actual cautery may be tried; if this fails, and the bleeding is from the -mandible, the canal<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_080" id="page_080"></a>{80}</span> should be trephined and a plug of ivory inserted, -so as to compress the artery against the inner plate of the bone. In -uncontrollable hæmorrhage from the maxilla digital pressure on the -common carotid opposite the transverse process of the sixth cervical -vertebra may be tried; should this fail to stop the hæmorrhage, ligature -of that vessel must be resorted to.</p> - -<p>In one case of hæmorrhage from the region of the third right lower molar -Mr. Boyd<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> divided the lip in the median line and reflected the cheek -from the jaw. The mandibular canal was then laid open by excising the -outer plate of the bone, and the bleeding was arrested by plugging the -mesial and distal ends of the canal.</p> - -<p><i>In extreme cases, with sign of collapse</i>, normal saline solution<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> -must be infused into the median basilic vein.</p> - -<p>In <i>patients predisposed to hæmorrhage</i> extraction should be if possible -avoided; but, if the removal of the tooth be absolutely necessary, -prophylactic treatment should be pursued for three or four days previous -to the operation by the administration of one or other of the remedies -previously mentioned.</p> - -<p>A new styptic, consisting of fibrin ferment 1 to 10 to which 1 per cent. -of calcium chloride has<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_081" id="page_081"></a>{81}</span> been added, is said by Walsham to act only on -the blood, not on the tissues, and to be perfectly aseptic. It was found -to be effectual in arresting hæmorrhage after the division of all the -veins except the common jugular in a dog’s neck.</p> - -<p>The tooth should be extracted in the early morning, as we then have the -day before us should hæmorrhage occur. Some hæmostatic should be -administered at the time of the operation and the socket plugged at -once; for it is most important to remember that in these cases it is far -easier to prevent the hæmorrhage occurring than to arrest it when once -it has commenced. The subsequent treatment will consist in the continued -administration of hæmostatic drugs.</p> - -<p>(<i>f</i>) <b>Injury of the arteries in the neighbourhood of the teeth.</b>—Wound -of the <i>lingual</i> artery has been referred to under the heading of -injuries to the tongue. Laceration of the <i>ranine</i>, <i>anterior and -posterior palatine</i> arteries may also occur. Such accidents are usually -the result of the forceps slipping and are therefore avoidable. -Treatment consists in pressure or in twisting or tying the divided -vessel. In the case of the <i>anterior or posterior palatine artery</i> it -may be found necessary to plug the foramina which give passage to these -vessels.</p> - -<p>(<i>g</i>) <b>Pain following tooth extraction.</b>—The<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_082" id="page_082"></a>{82}</span> causes giving rise to pain -following the extraction of a tooth are:—</p> - -<p>(1) <i>Incomplete extraction of the tooth</i>, more especially when the -remaining portion contains an exposed pulp.</p> - -<p>(2) <i>Too rapid healing of the orifice of the socket.</i>—It sometimes -happens that the margins of the wound left after extraction unite very -early, and when this occurs the discharges which naturally come away -from the granulating surface at the base of the socket, have no exit; -the consequence is that they are retained and set up a local traumatic -inflammation, leading to swelling of the surrounding tissue.</p> - -<p>(3) <i>Suppuration in the tooth socket.</i>—This may be due in the first -instance to the use of dirty forceps, and under such circumstances it -may be classed as a poisoned wound. An examination will reveal the -presence of greenish putrid pus, while the tissue around will be much -inflamed, and the portion immediately bordering the wound will have a -tendency to slough. A condition of this kind is often seen in hospital -nurses and medical students and is no doubt due to infection met with in -their daily duties.</p> - -<p>Suppuration in the socket may be due to a lowered vitality of the -tissue, produced by some such local causes as acute or chronic -inflammation, and is especially well seen in cases of extraction<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_083" id="page_083"></a>{83}</span> for -the relief of periodontitis, or where the operation has been performed -in patients suffering from general debility, syphilis, struma or in fact -any of those systemic diseases which tend to lower the vitality of the -organism.</p> - -<p>(4) <i>Extensive laceration of the hard and soft tissues</i> in the -neighbourhood of the socket; and</p> - -<p>(5) <i>Necrosis of the socket of the tooth</i> are also fruitful sources of -pain following tooth extraction.</p> - -<p>(6) <i>The presence in the wound of a foreign body.</i>—A curious example of -this came under notice a few years ago. A patient applied for the -extraction of the left first permanent molar. During the operation a -portion of one of the cusps disappeared; a search was made for it but, -as it was not found, the natural supposition was that it had been -removed in rinsing the mouth. The patient for the next three weeks -complained of slight pain in the socket for which remedies were tried -but proved of little use. Eventually the patient discovered the cusp on -the top of the granulation tissue which had filled up the socket. In -another case of the same character which came under notice, the -offending material was a piece of an amalgam filling. A fractured blade -of forceps may likewise act as the offending body.</p> - -<p>(7) <i>Injury to the nerve.</i>—Direct injury to the trunk of the nerve is -more likely to occur during extraction of the lower third molar than -with any<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_084" id="page_084"></a>{84}</span> other tooth. It is more than probable that many obscure cases -of pain following tooth extraction are due to exposure and irritation of -the nerve at the apex of the socket. An interesting case of this -character was lately reported by Mr. Storer Bennett.<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> The patient, a -lady æt. 23, had had the third upper molar dislocated through the use of -a Wood’s gag, and, as it was considered hopeless to restore the -dislocated tooth, it was extracted without difficulty. The socket in -spite of treatment remained painful for the next twelve days, but in the -meanwhile granulated healthily, except at its apex, where by the aid of -a mirror and probe a spot about the size of a pin’s head was noticed -which caused the greatest agony on being touched. Incision of the nerve -produced permanent relief.</p> - -<p><i>Treatment.</i>—The treatment naturally depends very much upon the cause. -A thorough examination of the socket should be made with probe and -mirror. When due to incomplete extraction, another attempt, if -considered advisable, may be made to remove the tooth. This proving -unsuccessful, the socket should be swabbed with an anodyne drug and, if -there is an exposed pulp in the remaining portion of the tooth, the pulp -should be touched with fuming nitric acid or strong<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_085" id="page_085"></a>{85}</span> carbolic acid. The -patient should also be advised to use some poppy head fomentation.<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a></p> - -<p>In <i>too rapid healing of the orifice of the socket</i>, the freshly healed -surface must be separated, the socket syringed out, and a small tent of -lint allowed to remain in the orifice for about twelve hours. An -antiseptic mouth wash should also be prescribed.</p> - -<p>In those cases <i>where the pus is putrid</i> and there is reason to suspect -infection, the socket should be thoroughly syringed with some antiseptic -such as hyd. perchlor. 1 in 1,000, carbolic acid 1 in 40; following this -the parts should be carefully dried with cotton-wool. A small piece of -chloride of zinc should then be introduced and allowed to dissolve in -the socket, which must be subsequently kept aseptic by constant -irrigation with some antiseptic solution.</p> - -<p>Suppuration is most frequently seen after extraction of the lower teeth -owing to the fact that drainage is less easily effected than in the -upper, owing to the dependent position of the socket. In many cases it -will be found necessary to plug the socket tightly with non-absorbent -cotton-wool dipped in an antiseptic solution; this prevents the -accumulation of <i>débris</i> which would act as an<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_086" id="page_086"></a>{86}</span> irritant. In cases of -<i>suppuration occurring in patients of diminished vitality</i> a tonic form -of treatment should be prescribed;<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> the dressing in the socket should -be removed two or three times a day and the socket syringed.</p> - -<p>Care must be exercised in applying escharotics to sockets to which the -nerve may be in close proximity; this is especially necessary in dealing -with impacted lower third molars. Two cases illustrating this point have -come under my notice. In the first a second lower bicuspid with a long -standing chronic abscess had been removed. The patient complained of -pain, the socket was syringed out and a small piece of chloride of zinc -inserted. Intense agonizing pain followed which all local anodynes -failed to relieve. In the second case an impacted right lower third -molar had been removed. The socket suppurated, and the pain although -severe was not intense. Treatment similar to that used in the first case -was adopted with similar results. Since then in all cases where it is -possible that the trunk of the nerve may be in close proximity to the -socket, I have<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_087" id="page_087"></a>{87}</span> used non-irritating antiseptic injections and plugged -the socket with cotton-wool dipped in tincture of opium with much more -satisfactory results.</p> - -<p>It is advisable to inform the patient of the possibility of pain -following the extraction of a tooth, especially after periodontitis, and -in all cases where a large number of teeth have been extracted a -mouth-wash<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> should be prescribed; for, even if there is no pain, it -will prevent the discharge from the sockets of the teeth undergoing -putrefactive changes.</p> - -<p><i>In pain due to necrosis of the socket</i> deodorant antiseptic injections -must be used, while in extensive laceration of the soft and hard parts -an anodyne mouth-wash<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> may be tried. In all <i>obscure cases</i> an -application should be made to the socket of some local anodyne such as -tincture of opium<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_088" id="page_088"></a>{88}</span> or cocaine, and a mouth wash having similar -properties should at the same time be prescribed.</p> - -<h3>(4) DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ ARISING DURING EXTRACTION -UNDER ANÆSTHETICS.</h3> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Tongue slipping back.</b>—During extraction under anæsthetics the -tongue not being under control may slip over the larynx, or may be -forcibly pushed back by the fingers of the operator. Symptoms of -difficult breathing or even arrest of respiration will follow this -accident. It is not enough to watch the chest walls, as respiratory -movement may continue without air entering the lungs. Treatment consists -in pulling the tongue forcibly forward with a suitable instrument and -forcibly extending the head on the spinal column.</p> - -<p>(b) <b>Forcing out a tooth with a prop or a Mason’s gag.</b>—With a prop this -accident may arise from resting it upon teeth which are loose or from -placing it in such a way that undue leverage is brought to bear on the -teeth. It is an accident most likely to occur when the prop is fixed on -the front teeth and the mouth opened to its widest extent. Under such -conditions undue leverage at right angles to the long axis of the tooth -is brought to bear upon the palatal surfaces of the upper teeth and they -are consequently forced outwards. With a Mason’s gag the accident<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_089" id="page_089"></a>{89}</span> is -due at times to clumsiness; great care should therefore be exercised -when using this very powerful instrument. If a tooth is forced out it -should if possible be immediately replaced.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces.</b>—A -foreign body, such as a tooth, a broken piece of forceps or a prop, -passing through the isthmus of the fauces may become impacted in either -the air or food passages.</p> - -<p>In the air passages it may lodge (1) over the entrance of the larynx, -(2) in the larynx, (3) in the trachea or bronchus.</p> - -<p>In the food passages it may lodge (1) in the pharynx, (2) in the -œsophagus, (3) at the pyloric opening of the stomach.</p> - -<p><i>In the air passages.</i>—Should the foreign body lodge <i>over the entrance -of or in the larynx</i> the patient will be seized with a violent fit of -coughing which may expel it; but, should this not happen, symptoms of -asphyxia will supervene. With regard to treatment; the head should -immediately be brought forward and the finger inserted along the side of -the mouth into the pharynx, and then given a forward sweeping movement; -by this means the foreign body, if lodged at the back of the tongue, -will probably be removed. This failing, the patient must if possible be -inverted and a forcible slap given on the back. If the foreign body is -not dislodged by this method, laryngotomy<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_090" id="page_090"></a>{90}</span> should be immediately -performed. There must be no hesitation about the performance of this -operation and it must be carried out promptly, for the longer it is -delayed the less becomes the chance of saving the life of the patient.</p> - -<p><i>A foreign body in the trachea or bronchus</i> may give rise to no -immediate symptoms, but generally a violent fit of coughing, with signs -of impending asphyxia, takes place at the time of the accident. These -signs pass away, to be followed at intervals by fresh attacks of -coughing and eventually by symptoms of collapse of the lung or lungs.</p> - -<p>In a case recorded by Sir William MacCormac,<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> during the removal of -an upper bicuspid the palatine blade of the forceps snapped off close to -the joint and disappeared. The patient immediately suffered from great -dyspnœa and appeared to be dying. The symptoms passed away, and for the -following six weeks the patient’s condition gave no great cause for -anxiety, although she suffered from a constant hacking cough accompanied -by bloody expectoration. Seven weeks after the accident she was admitted -into St. Thomas’s Hospital, the foreign body was with difficulty removed -from the right bronchus, and the patient made an excellent recovery.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_091" id="page_091"></a>{91}</span></p> - -<p><i>The diagnosis of a foreign body in one bronchus</i> is made by an absence -of signs of respiration over the whole or part of the lung on that side, -with exaggerated sounds (puerile breathing) over the opposite side. -Treatment consists in performing tracheotomy and removing the foreign -body.</p> - -<p><i>In the food passages.</i>—<i>A foreign body impacted in the pharynx</i> will -give rise to pain, symptoms of dysphagia and dyspnœa. A hacking cough is -generally present.</p> - -<p>Should a foreign body be suspected in the pharynx, its presence can -usually be ascertained by digital exploration; this failing, the cavity -should be examined by the aid of a laryngoscope.</p> - -<p>An attempt should first be made to remove the body with the fingers, and -if this is unsuccessful pharyngeal forceps must be called into use. In -some cases where the impaction is very firm it may be necessary to -perform pharyngotomy.</p> - -<p><i>A foreign body in the œsophagus</i> will cause dysphagia, and will -probably give rise to constant pain; if it is situated in the upper part -it will in all probability give rise to dyspnœa. On applying the -stethoscope over the region of the œsophagus, a gurgling sound will be -heard when the patient swallows fluids. The presence of a foreign body -may be definitely ascertained by passing a bougie; this step will also -enable the surgeon to determine the position in which the foreign body -is lodged.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_092" id="page_092"></a>{92}</span></p> - -<p><i>If impacted in the upper part of the œsophagus</i>, an attempt may be made -to remove the impacted body with forceps; this failing, œsophagotomy -must be performed.</p> - -<p><i>If lodged near the cardiac end of the œsophagus</i> an attempt may be made -with a bougie to push the foreign body into the stomach; this failing, -gastrotomy should be performed.</p> - -<p><i>If a foreign body becomes impacted at the pyloric opening</i> of the -stomach, it will give rise to gastric dilatation. Under such -circumstances the stomach must be emptied of its contents, and -gastrotomy then performed.</p> - -<p>A foreign body going through the isthmus of the fauces will as a rule -pass into the œsophagus, then into the stomach, and will give rise to no -trouble.</p> - -<p>The details of such operations as gastrotomy, œsophagotomy, &c., do not -lie within the scope of this book, and should be sought for in works -dealing with general surgery.</p> - -<p>The necessity of being ready for such emergencies as the above cannot be -too fully emphasised, and all who administer anæsthetics should be -provided with the instruments necessary to perform laryngotomy. These -should be kept in a little case, and no anæsthetic should be -administered without the case being near at hand. Adherence to this rule -is important.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_093" id="page_093"></a>{93}</span></p> - -<h3>(5) MISCELLANEOUS DIFFICULTIES, COMPLICATIONS AND SEQUELÆ.</h3> - -<p>(<i>a</i>) <b>Uterine pain.</b>—A case is quoted by Mr. Sercombe where extraction -of a tooth was followed by paroxysmal uterine pain, followed by the cure -of an obstinate leucorrhœa.<a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a></p> - -<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Shock.</b>—The fact that <i>tooth extraction is a surgical operation</i>, -and may be followed by shock, is often overlooked. The amount of shock -which follows as a rule is practically <i>nil</i>, but at times, especially -in the weak, it may be well marked. This is not taken sufficiently into -account when a question arises as to the number of teeth to be extracted -at one sitting, and it should be clearly borne in mind that what a -strong, able-bodied person, can stand, one of weaker physique cannot -bear. The <i>wholesale extraction of teeth at one sitting</i> which is -carried out by some operators is not advisable, and the amount of -prostration that follows is sometimes very severe.</p> - -<p><i>Syncope at the time of the operation</i> sometimes occurs. Should it -supervene during the extraction of the tooth the operator should -immediately desist until recovery ensues. Fainting is best treated by -bending the head down towards the knees, at the same time loosening -anything tight about the neck and applying ordinary salts of<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_094" id="page_094"></a>{94}</span> ammonia to -the nose. <i>In severe cases</i> the patient should be removed from the chair -and laid on the floor, and the chest should be exposed and flipped with -a towel dipped in cold water. <i>In more severe cases</i> it may be necessary -to inject ether or some other stimulant, such as brandy. <i>Fatal syncope</i> -following tooth extraction has occurred, and a case which took place at -Marseilles in 1881 is mentioned by Tomes.<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> The patient was a female, -and an attempt was made to remove a tooth, but was desisted in owing to -alarming syncope. A second attempt was made, or rather about to be made, -when fatal syncope ensued. <i>Post-mortem</i> examination showed nothing -beyond a slight amount of cerebral congestion.</p> - -<p>(<i>c</i>) <b>Epilepsy.</b>—In those pre-disposed to epilepsy an attack often -commences immediately after the extraction of a tooth. In the event of a -fit occurring the patient should be removed from the chair and placed on -the floor, the clothes being at the same time loosened, and a wedge of -wood or some suitable material placed between the teeth to prevent -injury to the tongue.</p> - -<p>(<i>d</i>) <b>Hysteria.</b>—Manifestations of this disorder at times follow tooth -extraction, but do not call for any special treatment beyond that -usually adopted for this disorder.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_095" id="page_095"></a>{95}</span></p> - -<p>(<i>e</i>) <b>Septic and infective sequelæ.</b>—Scattered through dental literature -will be found a large number of records of septic and infective diseases -which have followed the extraction of teeth. In many of these cases it -would be difficult to say that the infection was always the result of -the operation; in a number of them the actual cause was due to the -neglected condition of the tooth which called for extraction. Infection -can, however, at times undoubtedly be traced to the operation, and once -again attention cannot be too strongly drawn to the fact that antiseptic -precautions should be carried out as far as possible.</p> - -<p>Suppuration of the socket and its appropriate treatment has already been -dwelt upon (page 82). Cases of syphilis having been acquired through the -use of infected forceps are recorded, while septicæmia, sapræmia, -cellulitis, osteitis, osteomyelitis, periostitis, pyæmia, tetanus, have -all been known to follow the removal of a tooth, but the treatment of -these conditions hardly lies within the scope of this book.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_096" id="page_096"></a>{96}</span></p> - -<h2><a name="INDEX" id="INDEX"></a>INDEX.</h2> - -<p class="c"><a href="#A">A</a>, -<a href="#B">B</a>, -<a href="#C">C</a>, -<a href="#D">D</a>, -<a href="#E">E</a>, -<a href="#F">F</a>, -<a href="#G">G</a>, -<a href="#H">H</a>, -<a href="#I-i">I</a>, -<a href="#L">L</a>, -<a href="#M">M</a>, -<a href="#N">N</a>, -<a href="#O">O</a>, -<a href="#P">P</a>, -<a href="#R">R</a>, -<a href="#S">S</a>, -<a href="#T">T</a>, -<a href="#U">U</a>, -<a href="#W">W</a>.</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="A" id="A"></a><span class="letra">A</span></td></tr> -<tr><td> </td><td class="rt"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Abnormality of upper molars,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_026">26</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Accidents under Anæsthetics</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Forcing out a tooth with a prop or a Mason’s gag,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_089">89</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Tongue slipping back,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Alveoli of the teeth, disposition of the,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_012">12</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Alveolus, fracture of the, during extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> treatment of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_069">69</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> necrosis of the, following extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_070">70</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Anæsthetics, the use of, during the extraction of teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_056">56</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Arteries, injury to the, in the neighbourhood of the tooth during extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_081">81</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="B" id="B"></a><span class="letra">B</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Bicuspids, the extraction of lower,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_034">34</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> misplaced lower,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_022">22</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Breaking one tooth in extracting another,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Bruising the lower lips during extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="C" id="C"></a><span class="letra">C</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Canines, the extraction of lower,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_034">34</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_021">21</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Central incisors, the extraction of lower,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_033">33</a>, <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Chloride of ethyl,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Chloroform, the use of, during the extraction of the teeth,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_097" id="page_097"></a>{97}</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_056">56</a>, <a href="#page_057">57</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Cocaine, mode of employment,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_060">60</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> toxic effects,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Complications, Difficulties and Sequelæ of Extraction of the Teeth</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Complications, difficulties, and sequelæ arising during extraction, miscellaneous,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_094">94</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Complications, difficulties and sequelæ arising during extraction under anæsthetics,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Complications, difficulties and sequelæ of extraction of the teeth connected with the jaws,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Complications, difficulties and sequelæ of extraction of the teeth connected with the soft tissues,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Complications, difficulties and sequelæ of extraction of the teeth connected with the teeth themselves,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_063">63</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Coryl,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="D" id="D"></a><span class="letra">D</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ arising during Extraction, Miscellaneous</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Epilepsy,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_094">94</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Hysteria,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_094">94</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Septic and infective sequelæ,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_095">95</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Shock,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Uterine pain,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ arising during Extraction under Anæsthetics</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Tongue slipping back,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Forcing a tooth out with a prop or Mason’s gag,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_089">89</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ connected with the Jaws</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Dislocation of the mandible,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_070">70</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Forcing a root into the antrum,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_071">71</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Forcing a tooth into an abscess cavity,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Fracture,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> treatment of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_069">69</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Necrosis,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_070">70</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Trismus,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_098" id="page_098"></a>{98}</span></span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ connected with the Teeth themselves</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Breaking one tooth in extracting another,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Crowded and irregular teeth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_065">65</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Fracture of the tooth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_064">64</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">The removal of a neighbouring tooth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> an unerupted bicuspid,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> the wrong tooth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Undue resistance of the tooth and alveolus,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_063">63</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Difficulties, Complications and Sequelæ in connection with the Soft Tissues</span>:—</td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Bruising the lower lips,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Extensive laceration of the gum,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Hæmorrhage following tooth-extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> treatment of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_076">76</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Injury of the arteries in the neighbourhood of the teeth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_081">81</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Injury of the mandibular nerve,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Pain following tooth extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_081">81</a></td></tr> -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Wounding the tongue,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_073">73</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Disposition of the alveoli of the teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_012">12</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="E" id="E"></a><span class="letra">E</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Elevator,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_007">7</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Epilepsy, attack of, following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_094">94</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Ethyl, chloride of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Extraction of impacted lower third molars,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_054">54</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> individual teeth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> lower bicuspids,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_034">34</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> canines,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_034">34</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> incisors,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_033">33</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> molars,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_035">35</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> teeth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_030">30</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> misplaced lower bicuspids,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> incisors,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> teeth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_046">46</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper bicuspids,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> canines,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_048">48</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> central incisors,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> lateral <span class="ditto">”</span>,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> temporary teeth,</span><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_099" id="page_099"></a>{99}</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_017">17</a>, <a href="#page_043">43</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Extraction of upper bicuspids,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_022">22</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> canines,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_021">21</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> incisors,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> molars,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_023">23</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> teeth,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> the teeth, general principles of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_001">1</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> with forceps,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_014">14</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="F" id="F"></a><span class="letra">F</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Forceps, holding of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_006">6</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Forceps, the,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_003">3</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Forcing a root into the antrum during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_071">71</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> tooth into an abscess cavity during tooth extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> out a tooth with a prop or a Mason’s gag, accidents under anæsthetics,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Fracture of the alveolus during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> treatment of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_069">69</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> tooth during tooth extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_064">64</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Freezing agents, local anæsthetics,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="G" id="G"></a><span class="letra">G</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>General principles of extraction of the teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_001">1</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Gum, extensive laceration of the, during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="H" id="H"></a><span class="letra">H</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Hæmorrhage following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> treatment of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_076">76</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Hewitt, Dr., on the toxic effects of cocaine,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> use of chloroform in operations,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_057">57</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Holding of elevator,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_009">9</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> the forceps,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_006">6</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Hysteria, attack of, following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_094">94</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="I-i" id="I-i"></a><span class="letra">I</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Impacted lower third molars, the extraction of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_054">54</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Incisors, the extraction of lower,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_033">33</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> misplaced lower,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper central,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> lateral,</span><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_100" id="page_100"></a>{100}</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Incisors, the extraction of upper,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Individual teeth, the extraction of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Injury of the arteries in the neighbourhood of the tooth during extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_081">81</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> to the mandibular nerve during tooth extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Instruments,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_003">3</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Irregular and crowded teeth, difficulties during extraction through,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_065">65</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="L" id="L"></a><span class="letra">L</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Laceration of the gum through tooth extraction, extensive,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Lateral incisors, the extraction of misplaced upper,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Lips, bruising the lower, during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Local anæsthetics,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_059">59</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Lower bicuspids, misplaced, the extraction of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> incisors, misplaced, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_033">33</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> teeth, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_030">30</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> third molars, impacted, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_054">54</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="M" id="M"></a><span class="letra">M</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Mandible, Dislocation of the, during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_070">70</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Mandibular nerve, injury to the, during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_074">74</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Miscellaneous complications, difficulties and sequelæ,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Misplaced lower bicuspids, the extraction of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> incisors, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_051">51</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> teeth, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> upper bicuspids, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> canines <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span>,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_048">48</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> central incisors, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> lateral <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span>,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Molars, impacted lower third,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_054">54</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> the extraction of lower,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_035">35</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> upper,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_023">23</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="N" id="N"></a><span class="letra">N</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Necrosis of the alveolus following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_070">70</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Nitrous oxide, the use of, during the extraction of the teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_056">56</a>, <a href="#page_057">57</a>, <a href="#page_058">58</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Nitrous oxide with air, the use of, during the extraction of the teeth,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_101" id="page_101"></a>{101}</span> </td><td><a href="#page_056">56</a>, <a href="#page_057">57</a>, <a href="#page_058">58</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="O" id="O"></a><span class="letra">O</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="ditto">”</span>Oblique rooted” molars,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_026">26</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Operations requiring a long anæsthesia,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_057">57</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Order of removal of teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_059">59</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="P" id="P"></a><span class="letra">P</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Pain following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_083">83</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Passage of a foreign body through the isthmus of the fauces, accidents under anæsthetics,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_089">89</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Points in the anatomy of the teeth and jaws,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_011">11</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Position of the operator and patient,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_010">10</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="R" id="R"></a><span class="letra">R</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Removal of a neighbouring tooth during extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> an unerupted bicuspid <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span>,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> teeth, the order of, under anæsthetics,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_059">59</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> with straight elevator,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_015">15</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> the wrong tooth during tooth extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="S" id="S"></a><span class="letra">S</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Screw, the,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_009">9</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Septic and infective sequelæ following extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_095">95</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Sequelæ, difficulties and complications arising during extraction, miscellaneous,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, arising during extraction under anæsthetics,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, of extraction of the teeth connected with the jaws,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, of extraction of the teeth connected with the soft parts,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Sequelæ, difficulties, complications and, of extraction of the teeth connected with the teeth themselves,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_063">63</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Shock following extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="T" id="T"></a><span class="letra">T</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Teeth, general principles of extraction of the teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_001">1</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> which require extraction,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_001">1</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Temporary teeth, the extraction of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_017">17</a>, <a href="#page_043">43</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Tongue slipping back, accidents under anæsthetics,<span class="pagenum"><a name="page_102" id="page_102"></a>{102}</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_088">88</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Treatment of fracture of the alveolus during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_069">69</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Treatment of hæmorrhage following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_076">76</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Trismus, treatment of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="U" id="U"></a><span class="letra">U</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Undue resistance of the tooth and alveolus,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_063">63</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Upper bicuspids, misplaced, the extraction of,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> canines, misplaced, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_048">48</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> central incisor, misplaced, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> lateral <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span> <span class="ditto">”</span>,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="ditto">”</span> teeth, the extraction of,</span></td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Use of anæsthetics during the extraction of the teeth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_056">56</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Uterine pain following tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="lettre"><a name="W" id="W"></a><span class="letra">W</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Wounding the tongue during tooth extraction,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_073">73</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>Wound resulting from removal of a tooth,</td><td class="rt"> <a href="#page_016">16</a></td></tr> -</table> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page_103" id="page_103"></a>{103}</span></p> - -<hr /> - -<p class="c"> -<big>DISEASES AND INJURIES<br /> -OF THE TEETH,</big><br /> -<br /> -<i>Including Pathology and Treatment</i>,<br /> -<br /> -<b>A Manual of Practical Dentistry for Students<br /> -and Practitioners.</b><br /> -<br /> -BY<br /> -<br /> -<b>MORTON SMALE, M.R.C.S., L.S.A., L.D.S.,</b><br /> -<br /> -Dental Surgeon to St. Mary’s Hospital; Dean of the<br /> -School, Dental Hospital of London; Member of Board<br /> -of Examiners in Dental Surgery, Royal College of<br /> -Surgeons of England.<br /> -<br /> -AND<br /> -<br /> -<b>J. F. COLYER, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., L.D.S.,</b><br /> -<br /> -Dental Surgeon and Lecturer on Dental Surgery to<br /> -Charing Cross Hospital and to the Dental Hospital<br /> -of London.<br /> -———<br /> -<b>334 illustrations. 407 pp. and Index. 8vo, cloth.</b><br /> -<br /> -<b>Price 15s.</b><br /> -———<br /> -SUPPLIED BY<br /> -<br /> -<b>CLAUDIUS ASH & SONS, Limited,<br /> -<br /> -5, 6, 7, 8, & 9, BROAD STREET, GOLDEN SQUARE, LONDON, W.<br /> -<br /> -ENGLAND</b>.<br /> -</p> - -<div class="footnotes"><p class="cb">FOOTNOTES:</p> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> A description of the different instruments in general use -for the removal of the various teeth will be found in chapter ii.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> A description of the form of each tooth, with respect to -its bearing upon the construction of forceps and its removal, will be -found in chapter ii.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The following is a useful formula:— -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Liquoris potassæ</td><td align="left">Ʒvi.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Acidi carbolici glacialis</td><td align="left">Ʒij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Aquam ad.</td><td align="left">℥viii.</td></tr> -</table> - -<p> -<i>M.</i> One teaspoonful to be used with half a tumbler-full of warm water -as a mouth wash.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> “A System of Surgery” (edited by Frederick Treves), vol. -i., page 292.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> “Dental Pathology and Surgery,” page 340.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> <i>Transactions Odontological Society</i>, vol. iii., page 138.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> <i>Transactions Odontological Society</i>, vol. xxviii., page -3.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> <i>Journal British Dental Association</i>, vol. xiv., page 727.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Acidi gallici</td><td align="left">Ʒij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Ft. pulv.</td><td align="left">viij.</td></tr> -</table> - -<p class="c">One powder every two hours until the hæmorrhage ceases.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> Perchloride of iron should be avoided as a styptic, it -nearly always contains some free acid, and is therefore detrimental to -the teeth; in addition to this it leads to extensive clotting in the -veins, as well as to a certain amount of sloughing of the gums.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Acidi gallici</td><td align="left">Ʒij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Ft. pulv. viij.</td></tr> -</table> - -<p class="c"> -One powder every two hours until the hæmorrhage ceases.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Liq. ferri perchloridi</td><td align="left">♏xxv.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Aquæ chloroformi</td><td align="left">Ʒij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Aquam</td><td align="left">ad ℥j.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Mitte ℥viij.</td></tr> -</table> -<p class="c"> -M. Two tablespoonfuls every three hours until the hæmorrhage ceases.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Ext. ergotæ liquidi</td><td align="left">♏xx.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Acidi sulphurici diluti</td><td align="left">♏x.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Aquam rosæ</td><td align="left">ad. ℥j.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Mitte ℥viij.</td></tr> -</table> - -<p class="c"> -M. Two tablespoonfuls every three hours until the hæmorrhage ceases.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Injectio ergotini hypodermica B.P.: 1 of ergotine to 2 of -camphor water. Dose 3 to 10 minims, made as required.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> <i>Dental Record</i>, vol. xi., p. 425.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> Common salt, Ʒj., water 0j. at 99° F.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> <i>Transactions of the Odontological Society</i>, vol. xxvii., -page 123.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Two ounces of poppy heads should be placed in one pint of -boiling water, the water being boiled down to half a pint.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Ferri et quiniæ citratis</td><td align="left">gr. vi.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Aquæ chloroformi</td><td align="left">Ʒij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Infusum quassiæ ad.</td><td align="left">℥i.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Mitte ℥viij.</td></tr> -</table> -<p class="c"> -M. Two tablespoonfuls three times a day after meals.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> The following will be found useful:— -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Boro-glyceride (Barff)</td><td align="left" rowspan="3" valign="middle" class="bl">—aa. Ʒiv.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Eau de Cologne</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Tinct. krameriæ</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Spirit vini. rect.</td><td align="left">ad. ℥iv.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">♏ </td><td align="left">Fiat lotio.</td></tr> -</table> -<p class="c"> -To be used with water as a mouth wash. Shake before using.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> -</p> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">℞ </td><td align="left">Zinci sulphatis</td><td align="left">gr. viij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Zinci chloridi</td><td align="left">gr. vi.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Morphinæ acetatis</td><td align="left">gr. ij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"> </td><td align="left">Aquam ad.</td><td align="left">℥viij.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">♏ </td><td align="left">Fiat lotio.</td></tr> -</table> - -<p class="c"> -To be used with an equal quantity of water as a mouth-wash.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> <i>The Journal of the British Dental Association</i>, vol. -vii., page 32.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> <i>British Journal Dental Science</i>, vol. iii., page 221.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> “A System of Dental Surgery,” 3rd edition, page 626.</p></div> - -</div> - -<hr class="full" /> - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of Project Gutenberg's Extraction of the Teeth, by J. F. Colyer - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXTRACTION OF THE TEETH *** - -***** This file should be named 52720-h.htm or 52720-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/2/7/2/52720/ - -Produced by deaurider, Chuck Greif and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6ea3e7c..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p003_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p003_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 93cba60..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p003_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p003_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p003_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8a588d8..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p003_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p004_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p004_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6cee16a..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p004_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p004_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p004_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 79e8cfd..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p004_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p005_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p005_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7725d05..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p005_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p005_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p005_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fc9b8b3..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p005_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p006_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p006_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 97eee19..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p006_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p006_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p006_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3b61711..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p006_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p007_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p007_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 13f456e..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p007_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p007_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p007_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1cb314e..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p007_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008a_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p008a_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 79dabae..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008a_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008a_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p008a_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 61ec01a..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008a_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008b_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p008b_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 90026c0..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008b_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008b_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p008b_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5507d90..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p008b_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p009_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p009_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 692cd79..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p009_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p009_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p009_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6b04b2f..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p009_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010a_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p010a_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 72c1c30..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010a_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010a_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p010a_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e397a3e..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010a_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010b_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p010b_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 757b7a5..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010b_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010b_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p010b_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a1d413e..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p010b_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p013_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p013_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a62ce8a..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p013_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p013_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p013_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6e512d0..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p013_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p020_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p020_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c03d160..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p020_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p020_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p020_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 561b94f..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p020_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p021_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p021_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c5634ef..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p021_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p021_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p021_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 24f1dba..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p021_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p023_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p023_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1c41933..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p023_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p023_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p023_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fbd6b61..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p023_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p024_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p024_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0ef9620..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p024_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p024_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p024_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 93a4e3d..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p024_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p025_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p025_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 81ecca4..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p025_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p025_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p025_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ee5a0b6..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p025_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p026_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p026_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index df429bc..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p026_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p026_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p026_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c3078aa..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p026_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p028_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p028_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a064f9c..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p028_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p028a_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p028a_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 60971bb..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p028a_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p028b_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p028b_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c1b346b..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p028b_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p030_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p030_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e2e048c..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p030_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p030_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p030_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bbb0d0f..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p030_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p031_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p031_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 52c5412..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p031_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p031_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p031_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 56b8cfb..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p031_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p032_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p032_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 17a02c0..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p032_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p032_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p032_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b31d89e..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p032_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p033_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p033_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 32b5ed1..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p033_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p033_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p033_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bd20a6d..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p033_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p035_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p035_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 97efce9..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p035_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p035_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p035_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 05d7b2f..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p035_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p036_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p036_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d266063..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p036_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p036_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p036_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b092da6..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p036_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p038_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p038_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 23d5553..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p038_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p038_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p038_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 17962ef..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p038_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p042_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p042_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a53d963..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p042_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p042_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p042_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5d796a9..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p042_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p043_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p043_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2f68e2b..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p043_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p043_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p043_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ae44537..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p043_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p044_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p044_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index afde025..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p044_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p044_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p044_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 21a630b..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p044_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p045_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p045_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a24bf4a..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p045_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p045_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p045_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4914b77..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p045_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p046_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p046_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 482ef0f..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p046_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p046_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p046_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9a8e6a2..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p046_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p047_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p047_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4e710fe..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p047_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p047_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p047_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 64dbf8f..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p047_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p048_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p048_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9521cf2..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p048_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p048_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p048_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 70214c0..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p048_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049a_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p049a_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1ed8c56..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049a_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049a_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p049a_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0b70050..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049a_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049b_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p049b_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fdb5ced..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049b_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049b_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p049b_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e4af9ba..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p049b_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050a_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p050a_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9f0c07a..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050a_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050a_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p050a_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fa0c616..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050a_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050b_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p050b_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bb921c2..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050b_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050b_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p050b_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0fd8edf..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p050b_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p051_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p051_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 98e28a2..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p051_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p051_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p051_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 53b1ea2..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p051_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p052_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p052_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d1647bb..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p052_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p052_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p052_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3ba97d6..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p052_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053a_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p053a_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 81fe67e..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053a_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053a_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p053a_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1b930d8..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053a_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053b_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p053b_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9303df8..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053b_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053b_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p053b_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index af56a83..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p053b_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p054_lg.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p054_lg.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3281c89..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p054_lg.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/52720-h/images/i_p054_sml.jpg b/old/52720-h/images/i_p054_sml.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fdb36fe..0000000 --- a/old/52720-h/images/i_p054_sml.jpg +++ /dev/null |
